TATA CLEANTECH CAPITAL LIMITED Annual Report 2018-19
Transcript of TATA CLEANTECH CAPITAL LIMITED Annual Report 2018-19
TATA CLEANTECH CAPITAL LIMITED
Annual Report 2018-19
Corporate Information
Board of Directors
Mr. Vittaldas Leeladhar Ms. Padmini Khare Kaicker Mr. Rajiv Sabharwal Mr. Pradeep C. Bandivadekar Mr. Manish Chourasia
Chief Financial Officer Mr. Behzad Bhesania
Statutory Auditors
B S R & Co., LLP
Registered Office
11th Floor, Tower A, Peninsula Business Park, Ganpatrao Kadam Marg, Lower Parel, Mumbai 400 013
Corporate Identification Number
U65923MH2011PLC222430
Contents
Board’s Report
1
Financial Statements
Independent Auditors Report 52
Financials for FY 2018-19 65
BOARD’S REPORT
To the Members, The Board has pleasure in presenting the Eighth Annual Report and the Audited Financial Statements of the Company for the Financial Year (“FY”) ended March 31, 2019. 1. BACKGROUND
Tata Cleantech Capital Limited (“Company” or “TCCL”) is registered with the Reserve Bank of India (“RBI”) as a Systemically Important Non-Deposit Accepting Non-Banking Financial Company, engaged in the business of providing finance and advisory services for projects in Renewable Energy, Energy Efficiency, Waste Management, Water Management and cash flow based Infrastructure Projects. TCCL is a joint venture between Tata Capital Limited (“TCL”) and International Finance Corporation (“IFC”), Washington D.C., USA, with equity holding in the ratio of 80.50:19.50. The Company has been registered with the RBI as an Infrastructure Finance Company since October 15, 2015. The Company is headquartered in Mumbai and operates from 5 locations spread across Mumbai, Delhi, Chennai and Hyderabad.
2. INDUSTRY OVERVIEW AND OUTLOOK
In India, the installed capacity of Renewable Energy (“RE”) comprising wind, solar and small hydro power has grown at a compounded annual growth rate of about 19% per annum over the last five years. While the sector has demonstrated strong growth between FY 2014 to FY 2018, the growth rate slowed down in FY 2019 with installed capacity increasing by only about 9.4% i.e. as on February 28, 2019. This trend is expected to continue in the near future, on account of certain headwinds facing the industry, as summarized below:
Regulatory uncertainly characterized by cancellation of auctions by the Central and State Government agencies citing high tariffs and the Government move towards capping of tariffs as well as imposition of safeguard duties on solar components, impacted investor sentiments during the year.
Volatility in currency exchange rates impacted the project economics specially in case of solar projects based on imported modules.
Higher cost of borrowings during the year.
Aggressive bidding in earlier years resulting in select industry players adopting a more cautious stance, in order to protect their margins.
Constraints in power transmission and evacuation infrastructure. In addition, the RE industry is going through a phase of consolidation, marked by increasing mergers and acquisitions and the average project sizes are also going up. The industry is expected to fall short of the Government of India target of 160 GigaWatt (“GW”) of installed capacity across wind and solar by 2022. On the basis of CRISIL's projected capacity growth of nearly 60 GW across wind and solar power over the period FY 2020 to FY 2023, TCCL estimates that the sector would require aggregate
investment of about ₹ 3 trillion, of which more than ₹ 2 trillion is expected to be required in the form of debt. In addition, TCCL expects lending opportunities for refinancing of the debt of the existing renewable energy projects.
1 of 187
Rooftop solar is now emerging as a significant growth opportunity. While at present, the installed capacity of rooftop solar stands around 3.5 GW, it is expected to grow at a faster pace, driven by favourable economics as compared to grid tariffs, especially in the industrial and commercial sectors. More than 20 states have put in place dedicated solar policies and net / gross metering regulations to enable scaling up and adoption of grid connected rooftop solar system. The Micro, Small & Medium Enterprise (“MSME”) segment has enormous untapped rooftop solar potential. The MSME sector is one of the key pillars of the Indian economy. The sector has witnessed steady growth over the past few years and it accounted for 29% of the Country’s Gross Domestic Product and created 111 million jobs, according to the Annual Report of FY 2017-18 of the Ministry of MSME. This sector is also one of the largest consumers of energy in the economy, accounting for about 25% of the total energy consumed in the industrial segment. The Government of India has implemented several policies to encourage MSME sector to adopt energy-efficient processes and alternative energy solutions.
While the Government of India targets for solar rooftop of 40 GW by 2022, it may be difficult to achieve and TCCL estimates that the solar rooftop capacity is likely to touch
10-12 GW by 2022, requiring an aggregate investment of ₹ 400 - 500 billion.
In addition to the renewable energy sector, emerging cleantech sectors such as energy efficiency, electric vehicles and electric mobility are also expected to gain traction in the coming years. Though, at present these sectors are at nascent stage, the continued technological advancements in these areas is expected to translate into significant investment opportunities over the medium term of 4-5 years.
Besides the renewable energy and cleantech sector, other infrastructure sectors such as roads and highways, power transmission, water management and logistics are also expected to see good growth. In the roads sector, under Phase I of the Bharatmala Pariyojna, which is the flagship program of the Government of India for development of
roads and highways across the Country, an estimated investment of ₹ 5.35 trillion is
targeted over a period of 5 years from FY 2018-2022, out of which, ₹ 1.40 trillion is budgeted for investment by the private sector under Public Private Partnership models such as construction / upgradation of roads under Hybrid Annuity Model (“HAM”) and monetization of operational highways through the Toll-Operate-Transfer (“TOT”) model.
This is expected to lead to lending opportunity of about ₹ 30 billion over the next two years, as per TCCL’s estimates.
The Power Transmission is another sector which is high on the priority list of the Government of India as it is a vital element in the electricity value chain. As per TCCL’s
estimates, this sector is expected to offer lending opportunity of about ₹ 23 billion over the next two years.
Similarly, significant opportunities are expected in Water Management segment, especially in the areas of waste water treatment and water desalination. TCCL estimates
debt funding opportunity of over ₹ 45 billion in respect of projects likely to be awarded as a part of National Mission for Clean Ganga plan in the next two years.
The Indian banking system may not be in a position to adequately meet the large financing requirements of the Indian cleantech and other infrastructure sectors, on account of the continued elevated levels of Non-Performing Assets (“NPA”) and consequent provisioning requirements, as a result of which, several banks in the public sector are constrained for capital and continue to be under the Prompt and Corrective Action framework of RBI, which places restrictions on incremental lending by such banks. This is expected to provide opportunity to select private sector banks as well as infrastructure focused Non-Banking Financial Company (“NBFC”) like TCCL to address
2 of 187
the large financing requirement of the sector. Further, a number of global institutional investors and private equity funds are looking towards investing in the cleantech sector in India, however, they need reliable Indian partners having the requisite expertise and experience in this segment owing to various sector and Country specific complexities. TCCL is uniquely positioned to capitalize on this opportunity by intermediating fund flows from domestic and international capital markets to cleantech sector in India, providing avenues for profitable growth, through underwriting, syndication, debt management and advisory services.
3. FINANCIAL RESULTS
3.1 The performance of the Company for Financial Year ended March 31, 2019 is, summarized
below:
(₹ in crore)
3.2 During FY 2018-19, the Company disbursed loans amounting to
₹ 3,247 crore (FY 2017 -18: ₹ 2,229 crore), representing an increase of 46%. The
Company’s loan portfolio stood at ₹ 4,910 crore as on March 31, 2019
(FY 2017 -18: ₹ 3,089 crore), representing an increase of 59%. The Cost to Income ratio in FY 2018 -19 was 20.7% as compared to 17.6%, in FY 2017 -18. The asset quality was stable with no NPA, as on March 31, 2019.
Particulars FY 2018-19 FY 2017-18
Gross Income
(Including net gain on fair value changes)
433.12 272.10
Less:
Finance Costs 248.53 132.72
Net loss on fair value changes - -
Impairment of investment in Associates - -
Impairment on Financial Instruments 7.98 5.20
Employee Benefits Expense 20.62 16.19
Depreciation, Amortisation and Impairment 0.23 0.24
Other expenses 18.39 8.80
Profit Before Tax 137.37 108.95
Less: Provision for Tax 35.19 32.28
Profit After Tax 102.18 76.67
Other comprehensive income 0.83 2.35
Less: Tax on other comprehensive income 0.31 0.82
Other comprehensive income after tax 0.52 1.53
Less: Non-controlling interest - -
Total comprehensive income for the year 102.70 78.20
Amount brought forward from previous year 85.82 40.04
Amount available for appropriation 188.52 118.24
Appropriations:
Special Reserve Account 35.58 32.42
Debenture Redemption Reserve - -
Interim Dividend on Equity Shares (Including Tax on Dividend)
- -
Surplus carried to Balance Sheet 152.94 85.82
3 of 187
3.3 Gross Income increased by 59% and stood at ₹ 433.1 crore (FY 2017-18: ₹ 272.1 crore).
Interest expense increased by 87% to ₹ 248.5 crore in FY 2018-19, from ₹ 132.7 crore in FY 2017-18.
3.4 Total Income (Net Interest Margin plus Other Revenue) of the Company increased by
32.3% from ₹ 138.5 crore in FY 2017-18 to ₹ 183.3 crore, in FY 2018-19. Net Interest Margin as a percentage of average assets stood at 4.2% for FY 2018 -19. The Total
Income included the Income from Investments and Fee Income of ₹ 0.8 crore and
₹ 11.5 crore, respectively, for FY 2018-19.
3.5 Operating Cost increased by 109% from ₹ 8.8 crore in FY 2017-18 to ₹ 18.4 crore in
FY 2018-19. Manpower expenses for FY 2018-19 were ₹ 20.6 crore as against
₹ 16.2 crore in FY 2017 -18, an increase of 27%.
3.6 The Company’s Net Profit After Tax (“NPAT”) for the year increased by 33% from ₹ 76.7
crore in FY 2017 -18 to ₹ 102.2 crore in FY 2018 - 19.
3.7 As required under Section 45-IC of the Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934, 20% of the profits
are required to be transferred to a Special Reserve Account. An amount of ₹ 20.44 crore
(FY 2017-18: ₹ 15.81 crore), being 20% of the profits, has been transferred to the said
Reserve and ₹ 15.14 crore (FY 2017-18: ₹ 16.61 crore) has been transferred to the Special Reserve Fund pursuant to Section 36(1)(viii) of the Income Tax Act, 1961, for FY 2018-
19. An amount of ₹ 152.94 crore has been carried to the Balance Sheet as Surplus. 4. SHARE CAPITAL
The Authorised Share Capital of the Company is ₹ 500 crore comprising 500,000,000
Equity Shares of ₹ 10/- each. During FY 2018-19, the Company raised funds by issuing 3,22,58,064 Equity Shares of
₹ 10/- each, at a premium of ₹ 21/- per share, on a Rights basis, to TCL and IFC. As a consequence of the aforesaid issuance, the Issued, Subscribed and Paid-up Equity Share
Capital of the Company as on March 31, 2019, was ₹ 388.01 crore, consisting of
38,80,15,639 Equity Shares of ₹ 10/- each, which was held by TCL and IFC, in the ratio of 80.5:19.5, respectively.
5. DIVIDEND
In order to conserve the resources of the Company and considering the Business Plan of the Company, the Board of Directors have not recommended any dividend on the Equity Shares of the Company for the Financial Year ended March 31, 2019.
6. REVIEW OF BUSINESS OPERATIONS During FY 2018-19, the Company has surged ahead and consolidated on the strong foundations laid over the past three years. This is reflected in the accelerated growth of business of the Company across solar, wind, small-hydro including energy efficiency, water management coupled with other infrastructure sectors, such as roads and transmission. The Company’s asset book has grown by 59% in FY 2018-19, to
₹ 4,910 crore. The Company’s loan portfolio consists of projects in the areas of Wind Energy, Solar Energy, Rooftop Solar and other cleantech sector comprising 83% of the asset book. The balance portfolio consists of projects in the areas of Transmission, Roads and Other Infrastructure sector. Of the total loan portfolio, 84% of the asset book
4 of 187
comprises operational projects whereas the balance portfolio comprises under-construction / partially commissioned projects.
The Company has successfully diversified its liability sources by leveraging its relationships with global investors. The Company has secured $ 100 million line of credit for funding solar rooftop projects from the Green Climate Fund as well as raised a maiden
green bond subscription of ₹ 180 crore from FMO (Legal Name of FMO - “Nederlandse Financierings-Maatschappij voor Ontwikkelingslanden N.V.).
TCCL deepened its footprint in the Techno Commercial advisory services by securing some of the prestigious advisory projects such as project in consortium with Swansea University of UK for commercialization of next generation solar PV technology, GIZ (commissioned by German Federal Ministry for Economic Cooperation and Development) sponsored program for developing innovative models to promote solar rooftop in commercial and industrial clusters of Delhi. During the year, TCCL also started providing Environment and Social due diligence services and successfully undertook projects for Vestas and Powerica Group. TCCL also engaged with Tata AutoComp Systems Private Limited for advisory services for optimal power procurement strategy.
Apart from above, TCCL was able to also execute a few marquee assignments including Mergers & Acquisitions advisory for 36 Mega Watt (“MW”) solar project for Canadian Solar and structured financing for 300 MW wind project of Alfanar Energy.
In addition to the above, in FY 2018-19, TCCL continued to enhance its business volumes in the risk distribution vertical. It concluded debt syndication for groups like Jakson, Greenko, EDF-SITAC, BVSR Constructions and HG Infra.
In FY 2018 - 19, based on the pioneering work being done by TCCL in the area of climate finance, TCCL was awarded as the ‘Best RE Financier of the Year’ by India Cleantech Investment and Finance Week 2018.
7. FINANCE
During FY 2018 -19, the Company met its funding requirements through a combination of Short Term debt (comprising Commercial Papers, Inter Corporate Deposits and Bank Loans) and Long Term debt (comprising Non-Convertible Debentures (“NCDs”), Loans from Financial Institution and Bank Loans).
During FY 2018-19, the Company issued Secured Redeemable NCDs aggregating
₹ 255 crore (face value) on a private placement basis.
The aggregate debt outstanding as at March 31, 2019 was ₹ 4,284.1 crore (of which,
₹ 2,686.9 crore was payable within one year). The Debt / Equity ratio as on March 31, 2019 was 5.02 times. The Company has been regular in servicing all its debt obligations.
5 of 187
8. CREDIT RATING
During the year under review, the rating agencies upgraded the ratings and reaffirmed / issued the ratings to the Company, as under:
Rating Agency Rating Nature of Securities/Instrument
CRISIL CRISIL AAA/Stable Bank Loan
CRISIL AND CARE CRISIL AAA / Stable and CARE AAA; Stable
Secured NCDs on a private placement basis and Subordinated Debt
CRISIL / ICRA CRISIL A1+ and ICRA A1+ Commercial Papers
9. RISK MANAGEMENT
Risk Management is an integral part of the Company’s business strategy with focus on building risk management culture across the organisation. The Risk Management oversight structure includes Committees of the Board and Senior Management Committees. The Risk Management process is governed by the Comprehensive Enterprise Risk Management Framework which lays down guidelines for Risk identification, assessment and monitoring as an ongoing process that is supported by a robust risk reporting framework. It entails establishment of robust systems and processes within the Enterprise Risk Management Framework to mitigate risks effectively. Risk Management at the Company covers Credit Risk, Market Risk, Operational Risk, Fraud Risk and other risks, such as compliance risk, reputation risk, etc. The Risk Management Practices of Tata Capital are compliant with ISO 31000:2009, which is the International Standard for Risk Management that lays down Principles, Guidelines and Framework for Risk Management in an organization. The Risk Management Committee (“RMC”) of the Board assists the Board in its oversight of various risks mentioned above. The RMC reviews compliance with risk policies, monitors risk tolerance limits, reviews and analyzes risk exposures related to specific issues and provides oversight of risk across the organization. The Credit Risk management structure includes separate credit policies and procedures for various businesses. The risk policies define prudential limits and portfolio criteria, borrower assessment criteria and exceptional approval metrics in line with the Credit Policy of the Company. Concentration Risk is managed by analyzing counter-party, industry sector, geographical region, single borrower and borrower group. While the Credit Committee approves counter-party credit exposure and recommends exposures to the Investment Credit Committee of the Board for proposals above certain limits in line with the Delegation of Power and Authority assigned by the Board of Directors, the Credit Monitoring Committee primarily focuses on post sanction monitoring by periodic review of exposures to proactively identify risks and to take necessary corrective steps on time. Periodic scenario analysis of the credit portfolio is conducted and necessary corrective measures are implemented. Management of Liquidity (Asset Liability and Interest Rate) and Market Risk is carried out using quantitative techniques, such as sensitivity and stress testing. The Finance and Asset Liability Supervisory Committee reviews liquidity risk and the interest rate risk profile of the organization on a regular basis. The Company has a Board approved Operational Risk Management framework. Ongoing monitoring of Key Risk Indicators (“KRI”), corrective actions are implemented on KRI exceptions. An oversight committee of Senior Management representatives viz. the
6 of 187
Operational Risk Management Committee, meets periodically to review the operational risk profile of the organization.
Risks associated with frauds are mitigated through a Fraud Risk Management framework. A Fraud Risk Management Committee (“FRMC”) comprising representatives of the Senior Management, reviews matters relating to fraud risk, including corrective and remedial actions as regards people and processes. Tata Capital has adopted a “Framework for Improving Critical Infrastructure Cyber Security” published by the National Institute of Standards & Technology and complies with the regulatory guidelines. Various measures are adopted to effectively protect against phishing, social media threats and rogue mobile systems.
10. INTERNAL CONTROL SYSTEMS
The Company’s internal control system is designed to ensure operational efficiency, protection and conservation of resources, accuracy and promptness in financial reporting and compliance with laws and regulations. The internal control system is supported by an internal audit process for reviewing the design, adequacy and efficacy of the Company’s internal controls, including its systems and processes and compliance with the regulations and procedures. Internal Audit Reports are discussed with the Management and are reviewed by the Audit Committee of the Board, which also reviews the adequacy and effectiveness of the internal controls in the Company. The Company’s internal control system is commensurate with its size and the nature of its operations.
11. INTERNAL FINANCIAL CONTROLS
The Management had reviewed the design, adequacy and operating effectiveness of the Internal Financial Controls of the Company, broadly in accordance with the criteria established under the Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organisations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Entity Level Control framework document based on COSO 2013 framework has been documented. The documentation of process maps, key controls, standard operating procedures and risk registers has been completed for all businesses and functions. Further, during FY 2018-19, Management testing has been conducted on a sample basis for all key processes. The Internal Audit team has also conducted a review of the Internal Financial Controls. Remedial action has been taken or agreed upon with a finite closure date for controls where weaknesses were identified. There are no material unaddressed internal financial controls related observations outstanding as at March 31, 2019. Based on the above, the Board believes that adequate Internal Financial Controls exist and are effective.
12. INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY SUPPORT
Information Technology (“IT”), after having achieved stability in the core systems and close to total automation of all the business processes, is now moving to a Transformation and Leadership phase. The focus will be on the use of data analytics and digitalization as strategic levers for achieving business objectives and improving employee productivity. Some key projects that had been initiated would be completed in the next financial year and would transform the IT landscape. The Company has moved its data centre and key
7 of 187
software assets to the cloud to achieve scalability and elasticity to support its business growth at optimum costs. The Company will also enhance its Digital platform, covering all aspects of Social, Mobility, Analytics and Cloud. Use of Robotic Process Automation, Artificial Intelligence and Machine Learning will also be a key focus area to drive business growth, automate processes, improve productivity and enhance customer experience. The Company has invested in the Data Lake project to support a data driven culture. The IT Team has also taken the ownership of driving Business Continuity Plan strategy for the Company as required by the RBI. During FY 2017-18, the RBI had issued the ‘Master Direction – Information Technology Framework for the NBFC Sector’ (“IT Master Directions”) on June 8, 2017 and all NBFCs were required to comply with these IT Master Directions by June 30, 2018. Accordingly, for adequate IT Governance, the Company, inter alia, adopted an Information Technology Policy, Information Security Policy and Cyber Security Policy and has also constituted an Information Technology Strategy Committee. During FY 2018-19, the Company has complied with all the requirements of the IT Master Directions and the same has been certified by Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu India LLP.
13. HUMAN RESOURCES
The Company recognizes people as its most valuable asset and it has built an open, transparent and meritocratic culture to nurture this asset. TCCL had 61 permanent employees as at March 31, 2019. Creating a Culture of Happiness has been one of the key strategic objectives and with this objective in mind, Tata Capital launched the ‘Happiness+’ initiative from FY 2018-19 onwards. Tata Capital believes that building an atmosphere of openness and transparency, continuous learning and living Tata Capital’s values are integral steps in this direction. Some of the other essential elements include deploying various employee wellness and engagement initiatives, promoting Connectedness at Work and having a strong Stakeholder and Customer Focus in all that Tata Capital does. In Tata Capital’s journey of creating a happy environment, a mechanism to measure the happiness levels amongst employees was essential. The first Tata Capital Happiness at Work Survey 2018, was conducted in October 2018, in partnership with Delivering Happiness. In TCCL, the response rate for the survey was overwhelming for about 90%. Tata Capital’s Happiness Index is 6.2, which is in the top 30% of the scores. This survey is an important step in the Tata Capital’s journey to create a more positive and happy work environment. Tata Capital received the ‘Best Employee Engagement in Non-Banking Sector Award’ at the Employee Engagement Leadership Awards 2018 organized by Kamikaze.
Tata Capital’s mission on creating a high performance culture has been further strengthened through areas like building a capability model (identification of critical competencies), nurturing talent through interventions such as mentoring, competency based training programs and cross functional projects. The Learning & Development (“L&D”) initiatives are focused on enhancing the functional and behavioural competencies of its employees through interventions, such as Executive Development Programs, e-learning and various classroom based training programs. Tata Capital was awarded the 2nd Runner up for Leading Practices in L&D – People First HR Excellence Awards 2018 and the Best Virtual Learning Program by TISS – Leapvault 2018.
8 of 187
14. CORPORATE SUSTAINABILITY AND CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY
Corporate Social Responsibility (“CSR”) is deeply rooted in the Tata Group’s business philosophy. The Group companies have a sense of responsibility towards making use of their existing resources and knowledge to not only make profits, but, also solve social and environmental issues. The Company shares the Group’s belief that our society can truly progress if every individual is included and empowered in the story of development. To guide us in this journey, the Company has defined a CSR policy which outlines the thrust areas of development viz. Livelihood and Employability, Health, Education and Environment, as adopted by the CSR Committee and the Board of Directors of the Company and which is available on the Company’s website, www.tatacapital.com. As per the provisions of Section 135 of the Companies Act (“Act”), the Company has constituted a CSR Committee.
In FY 2018-19, the CSR budget of the Company was ₹ 150.40 lakh, this being 2 percent of the average net profit of the Company, in the three immediately preceding financial years, calculated as per Section 198 of the Act read with Companies (Corporate Social Responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014. The budget was spent towards projects and programmes, covered under Schedule VII to the Act, as recommended by the CSR Committee of the Board and approved by the Board of Directors. To conceptualise and implement the projects, the Company follows a robust process, including appraising and selecting technically sound NGOs, planning the project based on baseline assessment, creating a project plan for implementation and monitoring and evaluation mechanisms. This helps to bring the desired positive and measurable results for the target beneficiaries. The Annual Report on CSR activities is annexed herewith as Annexure ‘A’. Additionally, the Company adheres to the Tata Group’s Tata Affirmative Action Programme based on the framework defined by Confederation of Indian Industries. The framework focusses on upliftment of Scheduled Castes and Scheduled Tribes and identifies 4Es as key areas of development i.e. Education, Employability, Employment and Entrepreneurship. In addition to the 4Es, the Company also adheres to ‘Essentials’ as another category, to provide for basic services like shelter, water and electricity.
15. COMPLIANCE
During FY 2018-19, the Company has complied with and continues to comply with all applicable laws, rules, circulars and regulations, including the Master Directions – Non-Banking Financial Companies – Systemically Important Non-Deposit taking Company and Deposit taking Company (Reserve Bank) Directions, 2016, as amended from time to time. With respect to provisioning of Non-Performing Assets (“NPA”), the Company follows stricter norms than those prescribed by RBI. The Capital to Risk Assets Ratio of the Company is 16.1% as on March 31, 2019, which is more than the prescribed minimum of 15.00%. During the year under review, the Company has Nil NPA. During FY 2018-19, consequent upon the resignation of Ms. Shivangi Rajpopat as the Company Secretary and Compliance Officer of the Company: i. Mr. Behzad Bhesania was appointed as the Compliance Officer of the Company
pursuant to the Master Directions - Non-Banking Financial Companies – Systemically Important Non-Deposit taking Company and Deposit taking Company (Reserve Bank) Directions, 2016, as amended from time to time, with effect from February 1, 2019; and
9 of 187
ii. Ms. Archana Arote, Manager – Secretarial and Compliance, was appointed as the Compliance Officer of the Company as per the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015, with effect from February 1, 2019.
16. DEPOSITS
The Company did not hold any public deposits at the beginning of the year nor has it accepted any public deposits during the year under review.
17. REGULATORY ACTION
There are no significant or material orders passed by the regulators or courts or tribunals impacting the going concern status and operations of the Company in future.
18. PARTICULARS OF LOANS, GUARANTEES AND INVESTMENTS
The provisions of Section 186 of the Act pertaining to granting of loans to any persons or bodies corporate, giving of guarantees or providing security in connection with loans to any other bodies corporate or persons and acquiring by way of subscription, purchase or otherwise, the securities of any other body corporate, are not applicable to the Company, since the Company is an NBFC.
19. DISCLOSURE OF GREEN BONDS ISSUED BY THE COMPANY The Company has raised ₹180 crores (~$25 million) through its maiden green bond with a tenor of five years, from FMO (Nederlandse Financierings - Maatschappij voor Ontwikkelingslanden N.V.), the Netherlands based Development bank during the financial year 2018-19. The Green Bonds are listed on the National Stock Exchange of India Limited. The bonds have been rated CRISIL AAA/ Stable and the proceeds of the bond will be exclusively applied to finance eligible Green Projects. The green bond market plays a key role in funding projects that contribute to environmental sustainability. Like FMO, TCCL too is committed to mobilize green investments in India’s sunrise sectors, with the overall objective to be a contributor to achieving India’s Nationally Determined Contribution (NDC) and Sustainable Development Goals (SDG) targets towards climate change. Use of Proceeds: This maiden green bond issue has financed eligible green projects in the renewable energy space. TCCL’s portfolio mainly consists of large project finance investments in renewable energy sectors like wind and solar. Having a strong renewable energy portfolio, the funds raised through green bonds can be appropriately utilised to confirm with the green bond principles.
10 of 187
Management of Proceeds: The proceeds from the Bonds were used to finance the following projects.
Sr. No.
Project Entity Project Location
Sector Capacity
(in MW)
Estimated Positive
E&S Impact* - CO2
Emissions
Reduction
Amount Outstanding as on March 31, 2019
(₹ in crore) 1 Clean Solar
Power Karnataka Solar 220
(20.54 PLF) 374867 tCO2/yr
(0.947 t CO2/MWh) 96.70
2 Surajkiran Renewable
Telangana Solar 57.5 (19.47 PLF)
92679 tCO2/yr (0.947 t CO2/MWh)
87.70
Total 184.40**
* IMPACT: Through financing solar power plants, these bonds contribute to a positive environmental impact. The total CO2 emission reduction for individual projects have been calculated based on methodology defined by Central Electricity Authority, Ministry of Power, Government of India in the document ‘CO2 Baseline Database for the Indian Power Sector User Guide Version 13.0 June 2018’ by capturing project CUF estimates, installed project capacity and resultant annual unit generation. ** ₹ 180 crore was financed from the Green Bond issuance.
20. DIRECTORS
Mr. Rajiv Sabharwal (DIN: 00057333) was appointed as a Non-Executive Director of the Company, with effect from April 1, 2018. Based on the recommendation of the Nomination and Remuneration Committee (“NRC”) of the Company and in terms of the Shareholders Agreement between the Company, TCL and IFC dated November 19, 2011, the Board of Directors approved the appointment of Dr. Ajay Mathur (DIN: 07490468), a nominee of IFC, as an Additional Director and Non-Executive Director of the Company, with effect from May 1, 2019. The said appointment was approved by the RBI vide its letter dated April 4, 2019. Dr. Mathur holds office upto the ensuing Annual General Meeting (“AGM”) and is eligible for appointment as a Director. The Board of Directors of the Company and the Members of the Company had approved the appointment of Mr. Vittaldas Leeladhar (DIN: 02630276) as an Independent Director of the Company, for an initial term of five years, with effect from June 30, 2014. The current term of Mr. Leeladhar as an Independent Director of the Company, would come to an end on June 29, 2019. Accordingly, based on the recommendation of the NRC, the Board of Directors had, subject to the approval of the Members of the Company at the ensuing AGM, approved the re-appointment of Mr. Leeladhar, as an Independent Director of the Company, not liable to retire by rotation, to hold office for a second term commencing from June 30, 2019 till December 7, 2021. In accordance with the provisions of the Act and the Articles of Association of the Company, Mr. Rajiv Sabharwal (DIN: 00057333) Non-Executive Director is liable to retire by rotation at the ensuing AGM and is eligible, for re-appointment. The Members of the Company may refer to the accompanying Notice of the AGM for the brief Resumes of Dr. Mathur, Mr. Leeladhar and Mr. Sabharwal.
11 of 187
Pursuant to the ‘Fit and Proper’ Policy adopted by the Company under the Master Direction – Non Banking Financial Company – Systemically Important Non-Deposit taking and Deposit taking Company (Reserve Bank) Directions, 2016 (“RBI Master Directions”), the Company has received the ‘Fit and Proper’ declarations from Dr. Mathur, Mr. Leeladhar and Mr. Sabharwal for their respective appointment / re-appointment as Directors of the Company, which have been taken on record by the NRC. The Company has received declarations from the Independent Directors viz. Mr. Leeladhar (DIN: 02630276) and Ms. Padmini Khare Kaicker (DIN: 00296388) stating that they meet the criteria of independence as provided in Section 149(6) of the Act.
21. EVALUATION OF THE BOARD, ITS COMMITTEES AND INDIVIDUAL DIRECTORS
Pursuant to the provisions of the Act, the Board has carried out an annual evaluation of its own performance and of the individual Directors (including the Chairman) as well as an evaluation of the working of all the Committees of the Board. The Board of Directors was assisted by the NRC. The performance evaluation was carried out by seeking inputs from all the Directors / Members of the Committees, as the case may be. The Guidance Note on Board Evaluation (“Guidance Note”) issued by Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”), had encouraged companies which were not covered under Chapter IV of the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 (“LODR Regulations”) to follow the criteria mentioned in the Guidance Note. The Board of the Company followed the said criteria recommended under the Guidance Note for evaluating the performance of the Board as a whole, Committees of the Board, Individual Directors and the Chairman. The criteria for evaluation of the Board as a whole, inter alia, covered parameters such as Structure of the Board, Meetings of the Board and Functions of the Board. The criteria for evaluation of Individual Directors covered parameters such as details of professional qualifications and prior experience relevant to the Company, knowledge and competency, fulfillment of functions, ability to function as a team, etc. The criteria for evaluation of the Board Committees covered areas related to mandate and composition, effectiveness of the Committee, structure of the Committee and meetings, etc.
The feedback of the Independent Directors on their review of the performance of the Non-Independent Directors and the Board as a whole, the performance of the Chairman of the Company and their assessment of the quality, quantity and timeliness of the flow of information between the Company, the Management and the Board was taken into consideration by the Board in carrying out the performance evaluation.
22. POLICY ON APPOINTMENT OF DIRECTORS AND REMUNERATION POLICY OF THE
COMPANY
The NRC develops the competency requirements of the Board based on the industry and the strategy of the Company, conducts a gap analysis and recommends the reconstitution of the Board, as and when required. It also recommends to the Board, the appointment of Directors having good personal and professional reputation and conducts reference checks and due diligence of all Directors before recommending them to the Board. Besides the above, the NRC ensures that the new Directors are familiarised with the operations of the Company and endeavours to provide relevant training to the Directors. In accordance with the provisions of Section 178 of the Act, the Board of Directors have adopted a Policy on Board Diversity and Director Attributes and a Remuneration Policy.
12 of 187
The Policy on Board Diversity and Director Attributes, has been framed to encourage diversity of thought, experience, knowledge, perspective, age and gender in the Board and to have in place, a transparent Board nomination process. Further, the Policy on Board Diversity and Director Attributes had been amended to change the name of ‘Tata Sons Limited’ to ‘Tata Sons Private Limited’, wherever it appears in the said Policy. The Remuneration Policy for Directors, Key Managerial Personnel and all other employees is aligned to the philosophy on the commitment of fostering a culture of leadership with trust.
The Remuneration Policy aims to ensure that the level and composition of the
remuneration of the Directors, Key Managerial Personnel and all other employees is
reasonable and sufficient to attract, retain and motivate them to successfully run the
Company.
Salient features of the Remuneration Policy, inter alia, includes:
Remuneration in the form of Sitting Fees and Commission to be paid to Independent
Directors and Non-Independent Non-Executive Directors, in accordance with the
provisions of the Act and as recommended by the NRC;
Remuneration to Managing Director / Executive Directors / Key Managerial Personnel
and all other employees is reasonable and sufficient to attract, retain and motivate them
to run the Company successfully and retain talented and qualified individuals suitable
for their roles, in accordance with the defined terms of remuneration mix or
composition; and
No remuneration would be payable to Directors for services rendered in any other
capacity unless the services are of a professional nature and the NRC is of the opinion
that the Director possesses requisite qualification for the practice of the profession and
approval of the Central Government has been received, if required, for paying the
same.
During FY 2018-19, the Remuneration Policy was amended to, inter alia, include a change in the Compensation Philosophy and also include an additional component of compensation for individuals in key roles that have a significant impact on the growth and sustainability of the Company, i.e. Long Term Incentive Plan, in the form of Employee Stock Options or any other equivalent instrument, in the terms of remuneration mix or composition of the Managing Director / Executive Directors / Key Managerial Personnel / all other employees. The Policy on Board Diversity and Director Attributes as also the Remuneration Policy of the Company are made available on the Company’s website, www.tatacapital.com. The Company has also adopted a ‘Fit and Proper’ Policy for ascertaining the ‘fit and proper’ criteria to be adopted at the time of appointment of Directors and on a continuing basis, pursuant to the RBI Master Directions for NBFCs. The Company has received the ‘Fit and Proper’ declarations from all the Directors of the Company in April 2019, which have been taken on record by the NRC.
23. KEY MANAGERIAL PERSONNEL
Mr. Manish Chourasia, Managing Director and Mr. Behzad Bhesania, Chief Financial Officer, are the Key Managerial Personnel (“KMP”) of the Company.
13 of 187
During the year under review, Ms. Shivangi Rajpopat ceased to be the Company Secretary and Compliance Officer of the Company, with effect from the close of business hours on January 31, 2019.
24. DIRECTORS’ RESPONSIBILITY STATEMENT
Based on the framework of internal financial controls and compliance systems established and maintained by the Company, work performed by the Internal, Statutory and Secretarial Auditors, including audit of internal financial controls over financial reporting by the Statutory Auditors and the reviews performed by the Management and the relevant Board Committees, including the Audit Committee, the Board is of the opinion that the Company’s internal financial controls were adequate and effective during FY 2018 -19. Accordingly, pursuant to Section 134(5) of the Act, the Board of Directors, to the best of their knowledge and ability, confirm that:
a) in the preparation of the annual accounts, the applicable accounting standards and
guidance provided by The Institute of Chartered Accountants of India have been followed and that there are no material departures thereof;
b) they had selected such accounting policies and applied them consistently and made
judgments and estimates that are reasonable and prudent so as to give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Company at the end of the financial year and of the profit and cash flows of the Company for the year;
c) they had taken proper and sufficient care for the maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with the provisions of the Act for safeguarding the assets of the Company and for preventing and detecting fraud and other irregularities;
d) they had prepared the annual accounts on a going concern basis;
e) they had laid down internal financial controls to be followed by the Company and that such internal financial controls were adequate and operating effectively; and
f) they had devised proper systems to ensure compliance with the provisions of all applicable laws and that such systems were adequate and operating effectively.
In accordance with the notification issued by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs, the Company has adopted Indian Accounting Standards (“Ind AS”) notified under the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015. The Company has adopted Ind AS from April 1, 2018, with effective transition date as April 1, 2017. These Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with Ind AS as notified under the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015 read with Section 133 of the Act. The transition was carried out from Accounting Principles generally accepted in India i.e. Indian Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“I GAAP”) as prescribed under Section 133 of the Act, read with Rule 7 of the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014, to Ind AS. An explanation of how the transition to Ind AS has affected the previously reported financial position, financial performance and cash flows of the Company is provided in the Notes to the Financial Statements.
14 of 187
25. CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Company’s Philosophy on Corporate Governance The Company recognizes its role as a corporate citizen and endeavours to adopt the best practices and the highest standards of corporate governance through transparency in business ethics, accountability to its customers, Government and others. The Company’s activities are carried out in accordance with good corporate practices and the Company is constantly striving to better these practices by adopting the best practices. The Company believes that governance practices enable the Management to direct and control the affairs of the Company in an efficient manner and to achieve the Company’s goal of maximising value for all its stakeholders. The Company will continue to focus its resources, strengths and strategies to achieve its vision of becoming a leading financial services company in India, with a global footprint, while upholding the core values of transparency, integrity, honesty and accountability, which are fundamental to Tata companies. As a part of the Tata Group, the Company has a strong legacy of fair, transparent and ethical governance practices. The Corporate Governance philosophy is further strengthened with the adherence to the Tata Business Excellence Model as a means to drive excellence, the key performance metrics for tracking progress on long-term strategic objectives and the Tata Code of Conduct (“TCOC”), which articulates the values, ethics and business principles and serves as a guide to the Company, its directors and employees, supplemented with an appropriate mechanism to report any concern pertaining to non-adherence to the TCOC. In addition, the Company has adopted a Vigil Mechanism, a Fair Practices Code, an Affirmative Action Policy, a Policy against Sexual Harassment in the Workplace, a Fit and Proper Policy for ascertaining the fit and proper criteria of the Directors at the time of appointment and on a continuing basis, a Policy on Board Diversity and Director Attributes, a Code of Conduct for Non-Executive Directors, Internal Guidelines on Corporate Governance, an Occupational Health and Safety Management System and an Anti-Bribery and Anti-Corruption (“ABAC”) Policy . During FY 2018-19, the Company has revised the Code of Conduct for Prevention of Insider Trading and the Code of Corporate Disclosure Practices, to align it with the amendments made in the SEBI (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015. TCL has signed the Tata Brand Equity and Business Promotion (“BEBP”) Agreement with Tata Sons Private Limited on behalf of its subsidiaries, including TCCL, for subscribing to the TATA BEBP Scheme. The Company abides by the TCOC and the norms for using the Tata Brand identity.
a) Board of Directors
The Board of Directors, alongwith its Committees, provides leadership and guidance to the Company’s Management and directs, supervises and controls the activities of the Company. The size of the Board is commensurate with the size and business of the Company. As on March 31, 2019, the Board comprised five Directors viz. Mr. Vittaldas Leeladhar (Chairman), Ms. Padmini Khare Kaicker, Mr. Rajiv Sabharwal, Mr. Pradeep C. Bandivadekar and Mr. Manish Chourasia.
15 of 187
Mr. Leeladhar and Ms. Kaicker are the Independent Directors (“IDs”) while Mr. Sabharwal and Mr. Bandivadekar are Non-Executive Directors (“NEDs”) of the Company. Mr. Chourasia is the Managing Director of the Company.
During FY 2018-19, seven Meetings of the Board of Directors were held on the following dates: April 25, 2018, July 26, 2018, November 20, 2018, November 23, 2018, January 14, 2019, January 25, 2019 and March 26, 2019. The details of attendance at Board Meetings held during FY 2018-19 and at the previous AGM of the Company are, given below:
Name of Director(s)
Director Identification
Number
Category Board Meetings Whether present at previous AGM held on June 25, 2018
Held during tenure
Attended
Mr. Vittaldas Leeladhar
02630276 Independent Director
7 6 Yes
Ms. Padmini Khare Kaicker
00296388 Independent Director
7 6 No
Mr. Rajiv Sabharwal
00057333 Non – Executive Director
7 7 No
Mr. Pradeep C. Bandivadekar
00059330 Non – Executive Director
7 7 Yes
Mr. Manish Chourasia
03547985 Managing Director
7 7 Yes
Mr. Rajiv Sabharwal, Chairman of the NRC and Ms. Padmini Khare Kaicker, Chairperson of the Audit Committee, had authorised Mr. Vittaldas Leeladhar, a Member of the NRC and the Audit Committee, to attend the last AGM on their behalf, respectively.
b) Remuneration to Directors
The Company paid Sitting fees to the IDs for attending Meetings of the Board and the Committees of the Board and will pay Commission for FY 2018-19, within the maximum prescribed limits to the IDs who were the Directors of the Company during FY 2018-19, as recommended by the NRC and approved by the Board at their respective Meetings held on April 30, 2019. The details of the same are, as under:
(Amount in ₹) Name of Director(s) Sitting Fees paid for
attending Board and Committee Meetings
during FY 2018-19
Commission to be paid for FY 2018-19
Mr. Vittaldas Leeladhar 9,00,000 15,00,000
Ms. Padmini Khare Kaicker
4,80,000 15,00,000
16 of 187
Based on the recommendation of the Members of the NRC, the Board at its Meeting
held on April 30, 2019, approved a Commission of ₹ 65,00,000 for FY 2018-19, to Mr. Chourasia. With this, the total remuneration of Mr. Chourasia for FY 2018-19,
was ₹ 2,49,33,680. None of the NEDs and IDs had any pecuniary relationships or transactions with the Company during the year under review.
c) Committees of the Board
The Board has constituted Committees with specific terms of reference / scope to focus on specific issues and ensure expedient resolution of diverse matters. These are the Audit Committee, the Nomination and Remuneration Committee , the Risk Management Committee , the Finance and Asset Liability Supervisory Committee , the Corporate Social Responsibility Committee , the Investment Credit Committee , the Information Technology Strategy Committee , the Asset Purchase Committee and the Referral Committee. The Company Secretary is the Secretary of all the aforementioned Committees. The Board of Directors and the Committees also take decisions by Circular Resolutions which are noted by the Board / respective Committees of the Board at their next meetings. The Minutes of the Meetings of all Committees of the Board are circulated to the Board of Directors for noting. (i) Audit Committee
Composition, Meeting and Attendance During FY 2018–19, six Meetings of the Audit Committee were held on the following dates: April 25, 2018, July 26, 2018, November 14, 2018, November 23, 2018, January 25, 2019 and February 26, 2019. The composition of the Audit Committee and the attendance of its Members at its Meetings held during FY 2018-19 are, given below:
Name of the Member(s) Category No. of Meetings
Held during tenure
Attended
Ms. Padmini Khare Kaicker, Chairperson
Independent 6 6
Mr. Vittaldas Leeladhar Independent 6 6
Mr. Rajiv Sabharwal Non-Executive 6 6
The composition of the Audit Committee is in line with the provisions of Section 177 of the Act. All the Members have the ability to read and understand financial statements and have relevant finance and / or audit experience. Terms of reference
The Board has adopted an Audit Committee Charter which defines the composition of the Audit Committee, its authority, role, responsibilities and powers and reporting functions in accordance with the Act and Guidelines issued by the RBI. The Charter is reviewed from time to time and is available on website of the Company, www.tatacapital.com. Given below, inter alia, is a gist of the responsibilities of the Audit Committee:
17 of 187
To recommend the appointment and removal of the Auditors and their remuneration, nature and scope of audit;
To ensure adequacy of internal controls and compliances and recommend remedial measures;
To review adequacy of the Internal Audit function;
To review and monitor the Auditors’ independence and performance and effectiveness of the audit process;
To oversee financial reporting process and disclosure of financial information;
To examine the financial statements and the Auditors’ Report thereon;
To evaluate internal financial controls and the risk management systems;
To act as a link between the Statutory Auditors, the Internal Auditors and the Board of Directors;
To review accounting policies;
To monitor compliance with the TCOC;
To approve any transactions of the Company with related parties or any subsequent modifications thereof;
To scrutinize inter-corporate loans and investments;
To evaluate the valuation of undertakings or assets of the Company, if necessary;
To monitor the end use of funds raised through public offers and related matters;
To review findings of internal investigations, frauds, irregularities, etc.;
To carry out additional functions as contained in the Securities and Exchange Board of India (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 or other regulatory requirements applicable to the Company or in the terms of reference of the Audit Committee;
To carry out the responsibilities under the Code of Conduct for Prevention of Insider Trading and Code of Corporate Disclosure Practices;
To conduct Information Systems Audit of the internal systems and processes at least once in two years to assess operational risks;
To appoint Auditors to undertake such audits as may be directed by law / the Audit Committee of the Holding Company / Audit Committee of the Company / Board, from time to time;
To review the functioning of and compliance with the Company’s Whistle Blower Policy;
To consider and adopt the policies, procedures and processes laid down by the Audit Committee of the Holding Company; and
To monitor the effectiveness and review the implementation of the ABAC Policy, considering its suitability, adequacy and effectiveness.
The Board has accepted all the recommendations made by the Audit Committee during the year. Besides the Members of the Committee, Meetings of the Audit Committee are attended by the Chairman of the Board, the Managing Director, the Chief Financial Officer, the Statutory Auditors, the Head - Internal Audit and the Company Secretary. The Internal Audit function is headed by the Head – Internal Audit of the Company, who reports to the Chairman of the Audit Committee to ensure independence of operations.
18 of 187
(ii) Nomination and Remuneration Committee (“NRC”)
Composition The composition of the NRC during FY 2018-19 is, given below:
Name of the Member(s) Category
Mr. Rajiv Sabharwal, Chairman Non-Executive Director
Mr. Vittaldas Leeladhar Independent Director
Ms. Padmini Khare Kaicker Independent Director
Terms of reference Given below, inter alia, is a gist of the responsibilities of the NRC:
To formulate the criteria for determining qualifications, positive attributes and independence of a director and recommend to the Board, a policy relating to the remuneration for the directors, key managerial personnel and other employees;
To review the performance of the Managing / Whole-time / Executive Directors on predetermined parameters;
To review and approve the remuneration / compensation packages for the Managing / Whole-Time / Executive Directors, within prescribed limits;
To identify persons who are qualified to become directors and who may be appointed in senior management in accordance with the criteria laid down and recommend to the Board their appointment and removal and to carry out evaluation of every director’s performance;
To take steps to refresh the composition of the Board;
To decide Commission payable to the Directors, subject to prescribed limits and approval of shareholders; and
To review employee compensation vis-à-vis industry practices and trends.
(iii) Risk Management Committee (“RMC”) Composition
The composition of the RMC during FY 2018-19 is, given below:
Name of the Member(s) Category
Mr. Vittaldas Leeladhar, Chairman Independent Director
Mr. Rajiv Sabharwal Non-Executive Director
Mr. Pradeep C. Bandivadekar Non-Executive Director
Mr. Manish Chourasia Managing Director
Terms of reference
Given below, inter alia, is a gist of the responsibilities of the RMC:
To approve and review compliance with policies implemented by the organization and risk assessment of the organization (including emerging risks)
19 of 187
To approve and review compliance with risk policies, monitors breaches / triggers trips of risk tolerance limits and directing action;
To review and analyse risk exposure related to specific issues and providing oversight of risk across organization;
To review reports of significant issues prepared by internal risk oversight functional groups, including risk exposure related to specific issues, concentrations and limits excesses; and
To approve the enterprise wide risk management framework.
(iv) Finance and Asset Liability Supervisory Committee (“ALCO”) Composition The composition of the ALCO during FY 2018-19 is, given below:
Name of the Member(s) Category
Mr. Vittaldas Leeladhar, Chairman Independent Director
Mr. Rajiv Sabharwal Non-Executive Director
Mr. Pradeep C. Bandivadekar Non-Executive Director
Mr. Manish Chourasia Managing Director
Terms of reference Given below, inter alia, is a gist of the responsibilities of the ALCO:
To comply with the RBI Prudential Norms / Directions / Guidelines for Asset Liability Management; and
To determine the Prime Lending Rates of the Company, from time to time, in accordance with the Policy for Determining Interest Rates, Processing and Other Charges.
(v) Corporate Social Responsibility (“CSR”) Committee
Composition The composition of the CSR Committee during FY 2018-19 is, given below:
Name of the Member(s) Category
Mr. Vittaldas Leeladhar, Chairman Independent Director
Ms. Padmini Khare Kaicker Independent Director
Mr. Pradeep C. Bandivadekar Non-Executive Director
Terms of reference Given below, inter alia, is a gist of the responsibilities of the CSR Committee:
To formulate and recommend to the Board, a CSR Policy which shall indicate the activities to be undertaken by the Company as specified in Schedule VII of the Act (“CSR Activities”);
20 of 187
To recommend the amount of expenditure to be incurred on CSR activities;
To monitor the CSR Policy of the Company from time to time and instituting a transparent monitoring mechanism for implementation of the CSR projects or programs or activities undertaken by the Company; and
To oversee the Company’s conduct with regard to its corporate and societal obligations and its reputation as a responsible corporate citizen.
(vi) Investment Credit Committee (“ICC”) Composition The composition of the ICC during FY 2018-19 is, given below:
Name of the Member(s) Category
Mr. Vittaldas Leeladhar, Chairman Independent Director
Mr. Rajiv Sabharwal Non-Executive Director
Mr. Pradeep C. Bandivadekar Non-Executive Director
Terms of reference Given below, inter alia, is a gist of the responsibilities of the ICC:
To approve / modify / disapprove financing / credit proposals, as per the authority granted by the Board to the Investment Credit Committee from time to time, in terms of the Board approved Delegation of Authority matrix (“DOA”);
To approve of investments by way of Debentures / Commercial Paper, equity shares and preference shares, in terms of the Board approved treasury investment policy;
To approve or modify or disapprove all Policies and Scheme notes on recommendation of the Credit Committee or such other Committees as may be formed pursuant to the Board approved DOA;
To review proposals approved by the Credit Committee or such other Committees as may be formed pursuant to the Board approved DOA, from time to time;
To periodically review proposals approved by Management Credit Committee; and
To carry out such other functions as may be delegated by the Board from time to time.
21 of 187
(vii) Information Technology Strategy Committee (“ITSC”) The ITSC was constituted with effect from May 1, 2018, pursuant to the IT Master Directions.
Composition The composition of the ITSC during FY 2018-19 is, given below:
Name of the Member(s) Category
Ms. Padmini Khare Kaicker, Chairperson Independent Director
Mr. Vittaldas Leeladhar Independent Director
Mr. Rajiv Sabharwal Non-Executive Director
Mr. Manish Chourasia Managing Director
Mr. Prasad Ranade Business Chief Information Officer
Terms of reference
Given below, inter alia, is a gist of the responsibilities of the ITSC:
To approve the IT strategy and policy documents, ensuring that the Management puts an effective strategic planning process in place and ascertaining that the Management had implemented processes and practices that ensure that the IT delivers value to the business;
To monitor the method that the Management used to determine the IT resources needed to achieve strategic goals and provide high-level direction for sourcing and use of IT resources;
To constitute the Steering Committee and review the discussions of the said Committee periodically;
To institute an effective governance mechanism and risk management process for all outsourced IT operations and to do all such acts as may be required under the RBI IT Directions in respect of the outsourced IT operations;
To review the IT / Information Systems (“IS”) Audit report and provide its observation/recommendations to the Audit Committee; and
To recommend the appointment of IT / IS Auditor to the Audit Committee.
(viii) Other Committees
Besides the above Committees, the Board has also constituted the following Committees: A. Asset Purchase Committee:
The Asset Purchase Committee was constituted for examination of proposals of the Assets by the Company from Tata Capital Limited and / or its affiliates as per the Shareholders Agreement executed between TCL, IFC and TCCL. The composition of the Asset Purchase Committee is given below:
Name of the Member(s) Category
Mr. Vittaldas Leeladhar (Chairman) Independent Director
Ms. Padmini Khare Kaicker Independent Director
22 of 187
B. Referral Committee:
The Referral Committee was constituted to review all referrals of the Company Opportunities, Co-Investment, Opportunities by the Company as per the Shareholders Agreement executed between TCL, IFC and TCCL. The composition of the Referral Committee is given below:
Name of the Member Category
Mr. Vittaldas Leeladhar, Chairman Independent Director
The Meetings of the above Committees are held as and when required. During FY 2018-19, no meetings were held of the abovementioned Committees.
d) Secretarial Standards
The Company is in compliance with SS-1 i.e. Secretarial Standard on Meetings of the Board of Directors and SS-2 i.e. Secretarial Standard on General Meetings issued by the Institute of Company Secretaries of India.
e) Registered Office The Registered Office of the Company is situated at 11th Floor, Tower A, Peninsula Business Park, Ganpatrao Kadam Marg, Lower Parel, Mumbai 400 013.
f) Means of Communication
The ‘Investors’ section on the Company’s website keeps the investors updated on material developments in the Company by providing key and timely information such as Financial Results, Annual Reports, etc. The debenture holders can also send in their queries / complaints at the designated email address: [email protected].
g) General Information for Members and Debenture holders
The half-yearly Financial Results of the Company are submitted to the Stock Exchange in accordance with the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015 and are published in a leading English daily newspaper and also communicated to the Debenture holders, through a half yearly communiqué. Official news releases, including the half-yearly results are also posted on the Company’s website, www.tatacapital.com.
The Company is registered with the Registrar of Companies, Maharashtra, Mumbai. The Corporate Identity Number allotted to the Company by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs (“MCA”) is U65923MH2011PLC222430.
The Company’s NCDs issued on a private placement basis, are listed on the Wholesale Debt Market segment of the National Stock Exchange of India Limited.
23 of 187
Details of Debenture Trustee and the Registrar and Transfer Agent (“RTA”) for the Non-Convertible Debentures issued on a Private Placement basis are, given below:
Debenture Trustee
IDBI Trusteeship Services Limited Asian Building, Ground Floor, 17, R. Kamani Marg, Ballard Estate, Mumbai - 400001 Tel: +91 22 4080 7000 Fax: +91 22 6631 1776 Website: www.idbitrustee.com E-mail: [email protected]
Registrar and Transfer Agents
TSR Darashaw Limited 6-10, Haji Moosa Patrawala Industrial Estate, Near Famous Studio, 20, Dr. E Moses Road, Mahalaxmi, Mumbai – 400011, Maharashtra, India Tel: +91 22 6656 8484 Fax: +91 22 6656 8494 Website: www.tsrdarashaw.com E-mail: [email protected]
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 124 of the Act, the unclaimed interest on matured debentures as well as unclaimed principal amount of the matured debentures would be transferred to the Investor Education and Protection Fund (“IEPF”) after completion of seven years from the date it becomes due for payment. During FY 2018-19, no amount was required to be transferred to the IEPF. Details of RTA for the Equity Shares issued by the Company, are given below:
Registrar and Transfer Agent
Karvy Fintech Private Limited Karvy Selenium, Tower B, Plot No. 31-32, Gachibowli Financial District, Nanakramguda, Hyderabad – 500 032 Tel: +91 40 6716 1602 Fax: +91 40 2342 0814 Website: www.karvyfintech.com e-mail: [email protected]
26. VIGIL MECHANISM
The Company has established a Vigil Mechanism for its Directors and employees to report their concerns or grievances. The said mechanism, inter alia, encompasses the Whistle Blower Policy, the Fraud Risk Management Process, the mechanism for reporting of ethical concerns under the TCOC and the ABAC Policy and it provides for adequate safeguards against victimization of persons who use it. The Vigil Mechanism provides access to Tata Capital’s Ethics Committee for reporting concerns and grievances. It also provides access to the Compliance Officer under the ABAC Policy and to the Chairperson of the Company’s Audit Committee / the Chief Ethics Counselor under the Company’s Whistle Blower Policy. Information regarding the mechanism and the channels for reporting concerns (including a third-party reporting channel) are communicated to the relevant stakeholders. The Vigil Mechanism, the Whistle Blower Policy, TCOC and the ABAC Policy are available on the website of the Company, www.tatacapital.com.
24 of 187
27. DISCLOSURE AS PER THE SEXUAL HARASSMENT OF WOMEN AT WORKPLACE
(PREVENTION, PROHIBITION AND REDRESSAL) ACT, 2013
The Company is committed to providing and promoting a safe and healthy work environment for all its employees. A ‘Prevention of Sexual Harassment’ Policy, which is in line with the statutory requirement, along with a structured reporting and redressal mechanism, including the constitution of Internal Complaints Committee in accordance with the provisions of the Sexual Harassment of Women at Workplace (Prevention, Prohibition and Redressal) Act, 2013 (“the POSH Act”) is in place.
During FY 2018-19, the Company received no complaints under the provisions of the POSH Act.
28. STATUTORY AUDITORS At the Sixth AGM of the Company held on August 21, 2017, B S R & Co. LLP, Chartered
Accountants (ICAI Firm Registration No. 101248W/W-100022) (“BSR”) were appointed as the Statutory Auditors of the Company for a term of five years, to hold office from the conclusion of the Sixth AGM till the conclusion of the Eleventh AGM of the Company to be held in the year 2022.
29. ACCOUNTING STANDARDS FOLLOWED BY THE COMPANY
In accordance with the notification issued by the MCA, the Company has adopted Ind AS notified under the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015. The Company has adopted Ind AS from April 1, 2018, with effective transition date as April 1, 2017. The Financial Statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with Ind AS, as notified under the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015 read with Section 133 of the Act. The transition was carried out from the I GAAP as prescribed under Section 133 of the Act, read with Rule 7 of the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014, to Ind AS. An explanation of how the transition to Ind AS has affected the previously reported financial position, financial performance and cash flows of the Company is provided in the Notes to accounts. Further, the Company follows the Master Directions - Non-Banking Financial Companies – Systemically Important Non-Deposit taking Company and Deposit taking Company (Reserve Bank) Directions, 2016. The Financial Statements have been prepared on an accrual basis under the historical cost convention. The Accounting Policies adopted in the preparation of the Financial Statements have been consistently followed in the previous year.
30. EXPLANATION ON STATUTORY AUDITORS’ REPORT There are no qualifications, reservations or adverse remarks or disclaimers made by
BSR, Statutory Auditors, in their Reports dated April 30, 2019 on the Financial Statements of the Company for FY 2018 -19.
31. SECRETARIAL AUDITOR AND SECRETARIAL AUDIT REPORT
Pursuant to the provisions of Section 204 of the Act and the Companies (Appointment and Remuneration of Managerial Personnel) Rules, 2014, the Board of Directors had appointed M/s. Parikh & Associates, a firm of Company Secretaries in Practice, to undertake the Secretarial Audit of the Company for FY 2018-19. The Secretarial Audit Report, in the prescribed Form No. MR-3, is annexed as Annexure ‘B’.
25 of 187
There are no qualifications, reservations or adverse remarks or disclaimers made by M/s. Parikh and Associates in their Secretarial Audit Report dated April 30, 2019, on the Secretarial and other related records of the Company, for FY 2018-19.
32. INFORMATION ON MATERIAL CHANGES AND COMMITMENTS
There are no material changes or commitments affecting the financial position of the Company which have occurred between March 31, 2019 and April 30, 2019 being the date of this Report.
33. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS The Company has adopted a Policy and a Framework on Related Party Transactions for the purpose of identification, monitoring and approving of such transactions. The said Policy is annexed as Annexure ‘C’. A Statement containing the details of material contracts or arrangements or transactions with Related Parties on an arm’s length basis with respect to transactions covered under Section 188(1) of the Act and the applicable Rules framed thereunder, in the prescribed Form No. AOC-2, is annexed as Annexure ‘D’. Further, details of Related Party Transactions as required to be disclosed by Ind As - 24 on “Related Party Disclosures” specified under Section 133 of the Act, read with the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015, are given in the Notes to the Financial Statements. During the year, the Company has not entered into any transactions with Related Parties which are not in its ordinary course of business or not on an arm’s length basis and which require disclosure in this Report in terms of the provisions of Section 188(1) of the Act.
34. ENERGY CONSERVATION, TECHNOLOGY ABSORPTION AND FOREIGN
EXCHANGE EARNINGS & OUTGO (A) Conservation of energy:
i. Steps taken / impact on conservation of energy
The operations of the Company, being financial services related, require normal consumption of electricity. The Company is taking every necessary step to reduce its consumption of energy.
ii. Steps taken by the Company for utilising alternate sources of energy:
A solar panel has been installed at the Tata Capital’s office at Thane which produces close to 750 watts of energy and which self illuminates and provides power to the garden and security lights on the campus from dusk to dawn. The garden lights at the Thane office have been retrofitted with LED bulbs that consume less electricity as compared to conventional incandescent or CFL bulbs.
iii. Capital investment on energy conservation equipment’s:
In view of the nature of activities carried on by the Company, there is no capital investment on energy conservation equipment.
26 of 187
(B) Technology absorption:
i. The efforts made towards technology absorption; ii. The benefits derived like product improvement, cost reduction, product
development or import substitution; iii. In case of imported technology (imported during the last 3 years reckoned from
the beginning of the financial year):
(a) The details of technology imported; (b) The year of import; (c) Whether the technology been fully absorbed; (d) If not fully absorbed, areas where absorption has not taken place, and the
reasons thereof; and
iv. The expenditure incurred on Research and Development.
Given the nature of the activities of the Company, the above is not applicable to the Company.
(C) Foreign Exchange Earnings and Outgo:
The Foreign Exchange earned in terms of actual inflows during the year under review was Nil and the Foreign Exchange Outgo during the year under review in terms of
actual outflows was ₹ 0.03 crore. 35. EXTRACT OF THE ANNUAL RETURN
An extract of the Annual Return as prescribed under Section 92(3) of the Act and the Companies (Management and Administration) Rules, 2014, in the prescribed Form No. MGT-9, is annexed as Annexure ‘E’ and is also available on the website of the Company at www.tatacapital.com.
36. DETAILS PERTAINING TO REMUNERATION AS REQUIRED UNDER
SECTION 197(12) OF THE ACT READ WITH RULE 5 OF THE COMPANIES (APPOINTMENT AND REMUNERATION OF MANAGERIAL PERSONNEL) RULES, 2014
A Statement giving the details required under Section 197(12) of the Act read with Rule 5(1) of the Companies (Appointment and Remuneration of Managerial Personnel) Rules, 2014, for the year ended March 31, 2019, is annexed as Annexure ‘F’.
The details required under Rule 5(2) and Rule 5(3) of the Companies
(Appointment and Remuneration of Managerial Personnel) Rules, 2014, for the year ended March 31, 2019, are provided in a separate annexure forming part of this Report. In terms of the first proviso to Section 136 of the Act, the Report and the Accounts are being sent to the Members, excluding the aforesaid Annexure. Any shareholder interested in obtaining a copy of the same may write to the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, at the Registered Office of the Company. None of the employees listed in the said Annexure is related to any Director of the Company.
37. MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS REPORT
The Management Discussion and Analysis Report is annexed as Annexure ‘G’.
27 of 187
38. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS The Directors would like to place on record their gratitude for the valuable guidance and support received from the RBI, SEBI, Registrar of Companies and from other Government and Regulatory agencies and to convey their appreciation to TCL, the holding company, IFC, customers, bankers, lenders, vendors and all other business associates for the continuous support given by them to the Company. The Directors also place on record their appreciation of the commitment, commendable efforts, team work and professionalism of the employees of the Company. For and on behalf of the Board of Directors
Vittaldas Leeladhar Chairman
Mumbai (DIN: 02630276) April 30, 2019
28 of 187
Annexure A
ANNUAL REPORT ON CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (“CSR”) ACTIVITIES
1. Brief outline of the Company’s CSR policy, including overview of projects or programs proposed to be undertaken and reference to the web-link to the CSR policy and projects or programs: Vision: To ensure sustainability by doing what is right, through the adoption of sustainable business practices, employee policies and technologies. Purpose: To protect the interests of all the stakeholders of the Company and contribute to society at large, by making a measurable and positive difference through the four causes the Company supports viz. Livelihood & Employability, Health, Education and Environment. Sectors and Issues: To focus on environment, disaster relief, Tata group efforts and any other program that falls under the purview of Schedule VII of Section 135 of the Companies Act, 2013 (“Act”). For details of the CSR Policy along with projects and programs, kindly refer to http://www.tatacapital.com.
2. The composition of the CSR Committee: The Board of Directors have constituted a CSR Committee in accordance with the requirements of Section 135 (1) of the Act. The composition of the Committee as at March 31, 2019 was, as under:
a) Mr. Vittaldas Leeladhar, Independent Director (Chairman) b) Ms. Padmini Khare Kaicker, Independent Director c) Mr. Pradeep C. Bandivadekar, Non-Executive Director
3. Average Net Profit of the Company for last three Financial Years:
(in ₹)
Financial Year Net Profit
FY 2015-16 40,23,03,429/-
FY 2016-17 67,53,00,000/-
FY 2017-18 1,17,76,42,389/-
Average Net Profit 75,17,62,172/-
Note: The above net profit has been calculated in accordance with the provisions of Section 198 of the Act and the Companies (Corporate Social Responsibility Policy) Rules, 2014.
4. Prescribed CSR expenditure (2% of Average Net Profit as indicated in Point No. 3):
The prescribed CSR expenditure for FY 2018-19 was ₹ 1,50,35,243/- rounded off to
₹ 1,50,40,000/-.
5. Details of CSR spend during FY 2018-19:
a. Total amount to be spent: ₹ 1,50,40,000/-.
29 of 187
b. Amount unspent, if any: Nil c. Manner in which the amount was spent during FY 2018-19 is detailed below:
(in ₹)
Sr. No
CSR Project
or Activity
identified
Sector in which the project is covered
Projects or Programs 1) Local area or other,
2) Specify the State and District where the projects or programs
were undertaken
Amount Outlay
(Budget) project or program
wise
Amount Spent on the project or programs
sub heads:
Cumulative expenditure
up to the reporting
period
Amount Spent
Name of
the Project
Direct Expenditure on projects or programs
Overheads Direct Implementing
Agency
1 The Green Switch
Ensuring Environmental Sustainability
Shahapur, Thane, Maharashtra
95,90,000 91,10,500 4,79,500 95,90,000 -
Keshav Shristi Gram Oorja Solutions Private Limited
2
iWASH (Water, Sanitation and Hygiene)
Ensuring Environmental Sustainability
Hyderabad, Telangana 34,50,544 30,36,479 4,14,065 34,50,544 -
Jal Seva Charitable Trust (Water Aid India)
3
St. Jude India Childcare Centres
Healthcare Mumbai, Maharashtra 1,09,144 1,09,144 - 1,09,144 TCCL
St. Jude India Childcare Centres
4
The Green Switch with AJEH
Ensuring Environmental Sustainability
Mastichak, Saran, Bihar
18,90,312 18,90,312 - 18,90,312 -
Yugrishi Shriram Sharma Acharya Charitable Trust (Akhand Jyoti Eye Hospital) Fourth Partner Energy Limited
TOTAL 1,50,40,000 1,41,46,435 8,93,565 1,50,40,000
6. In case the Company has failed to spend the 2% of the Average Net Profit of the last three financial years or any part thereof, reasons for not spending the amount: Not Applicable, as the prescribed amount has been spent.
7. Responsibility Statement: We hereby confirm that the implementation and monitoring of the CSR Policy, has been in compliance with the CSR objectives and CSR Policy adopted by the Company.
Mr. Vittaldas Leeladhar Chairman, CSR
Committee, Independent Director
DIN: 02630276
Ms. Padmini Khare Kaicker
Member, CSR Committee Independent Director
DIN: 00296388
Mr. Pradeep C. Bandivadekar
Member, CSR Committee Non-Executive Director
DIN: 00059330
30 of 187
Annexure B
FORM NO. MR-3
SECRETARIAL AUDIT REPORT
FOR THE FINANCIAL YEAR ENDED 31ST MARCH, 2019 (Pursuant to Section 204 (1) of the Companies Act, 2013 and rule No. 9 of the Companies (Appointment and Remuneration of Managerial Personnel) Rules, 2014) To, The Members, Tata Cleantech Capital Limited We have conducted the secretarial audit of the compliance of applicable statutory provisions and the adherence to good corporate practices by Tata Cleantech Capital Limited (hereinafter called the “Company”). Secretarial Audit was conducted in a manner that provided us a reasonable basis for evaluating the corporate conducts/statutory compliances and expressing our opinion thereon. Based on our verification of the Company’s books, papers, minute books, forms and returns filed and other records maintained by the Company, the information provided by the Company, its officers, agents and authorised representatives during the conduct of secretarial audit, the explanations and clarifications given to us and the representations made by the Management, we hereby report that in our opinion, the Company has, during the audit period covering the financial year ended on 31st March, 2019, generally complied with the statutory provisions listed hereunder and also that the Company has proper Board processes and compliance mechanism in place to the extent, in the manner and subject to the reporting made hereinafter: We have examined the books, papers, minute books, forms and returns filed and other records made available to us and maintained by the Company for the financial year ended on 31st March, 2019 according to the applicable provisions of:
(i) The Companies Act, 2013 (the Act) and the rules made thereunder;
(ii) The Securities Contract (Regulation) Act, 1956 (‘SCRA’) and the rules made thereunder;
(iii) The Depositories Act, 1996 and the Regulations and Bye-laws framed thereunder;
(iv) Foreign Exchange Management Act, 1999 and the rules and regulations made
thereunder to the extent of Foreign Direct Investment, Overseas Direct Investment and External Commercial Borrowings (as applicable during the audit period);
(v) The following Regulations and Guidelines prescribed under the Securities and
Exchange Board of India Act, 1992 (‘SEBI Act’), as amended from time to time:
a. The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Substantial Acquisition of Shares and Takeovers) Regulations, 2011;
31 of 187
b. The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Prohibition of Insider Trading) Regulations, 2015;
c. The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure
Requirements) Regulations, 2009 and The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue of Capital and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2018 and amendments from time to time; (Not applicable to the Company during the audit period);
d. The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Share Based Employee Benefits) Regulations, 2014; (Not applicable to the Company during the audit period);
e. The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Issue and Listing of Debt Securities) Regulations, 2008;
f. The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Registrars to an Issue and Share Transfer Agents) Regulations, 1993 regarding the Companies Act and dealing with client; (Not applicable to the Company during the audit period);
g. The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Delisting of Equity Shares)
Regulations, 2009; (Not applicable to the Company during the audit period); and
h. The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Buyback of Securities) Regulations, 1998 and The Securities and Exchange Board of India (Buyback of Securities) Regulations,2018 (Not applicable to the Company during the audit period).
(vi) Other laws specifically applicable to the Company, namely:
a) All the Rules, Regulations, Directions, Guidelines and Circulars issued by the
Reserve Bank of India applicable to Non-Deposit Accepting Non-Banking Financial Companies which are specifically applicable to the Company;
b) Credit Information Companies (Regulation) Act, 2005 and Rules; c) The Prevention of Money Laundering Act, 2002 and the Prevention of Money
Laundering (Maintenance of Records, etc) Rules, 2005; and d) SEBI (Prohibition of Fraudulent and Unfair Trade Practices relating to Securities
Market) Regulations, 2003.
We have also examined compliance with the applicable clauses of the following: (i) Secretarial Standards issued by The Institute of Company Secretaries of India with respect
to board and general meetings. (ii) The Listing Agreements entered into by the Company with National Stock Exchange of
India Limited with respect to Non Convertible Debentures issued by the Company read with the SEBI (Listing Obligations and Disclosure Requirements) Regulations, 2015.
During the period under review, the Company has complied with the provisions of the Act, Rules, Regulations, Guidelines, standards etc. mentioned above. We further report that:
32 of 187
The Board of Directors of the Company is duly constituted with proper balance of Executive Directors, Non-Executive Directors and Independent Directors. The changes in the composition of the Board of Directors that took place during the period under review were carried out in compliance with the provisions of the Act. Adequate notice was given to all directors to schedule the Board Meetings, agenda and detailed notes on agenda were sent at least seven days in advance for meetings other than those held at shorter notice, and a system exists for seeking and obtaining further information and clarifications on the agenda items before the meeting and for meaningful participation at the meeting. Decisions at the Board Meetings were taken unanimously. We further report that there are adequate systems and processes in the Company commensurate with the size and operations of the Company to monitor and ensure compliance with applicable laws, rules, regulations and guidelines. We further report that during the audit period the Company had following events which had bearing on the Company’s affairs in pursuance of the above referred laws, rules, regulations, standards, guidelines etc. a. Issued and allotted 3,22,58,064 Equity Shares on a Rights basis for an aggregate amount of
Rs. 99,99,99,984; b. Issued 2,550 Secured Redeemable Non-Convertible Debentures for an aggregate amount
of Rs. 255 crore on a private placement basis; and c. Redeemed 2,950 Secured Redeemable Non-Convertible Debentures for an aggregate
amount of Rs. 295 crore.
For Parikh & Associates Company Secretaries
Place: Mumbai Date : 30th April, 2019
Signature: Shalini Bhat Partner FCS No: 6484 CP No: 6994
This Report is to be read with our letter of even date which is annexed as Annexure 1 and Forms an integral part of this report.
33 of 187
Annexure ‘1’ To, The Members Tata Cleantech Capital Limited Our report of even date is to be read along with this letter.
1. Maintenance of Secretarial record is the responsibility of the management of the Company. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these secretarial records based on our audit.
2. We have followed the audit practices and process as were appropriate to obtain reasonable assurance about the correctness of the contents of the Secretarial records. The verification was done on test basis to ensure that correct facts are reflected in Secretarial records. We believe that the process and practices, we followed provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
3. We have not verified the correctness and appropriateness of financial records and Books of Accounts of the Company.
4. Where ever required, we have obtained the Management Representation about the Compliance of laws, rules and regulations and happening of events etc.
5. The Compliance of the provisions of Corporate and other applicable laws, rules, regulations, standards is the responsibility of management. Our examination was limited to the verification of procedure on test basis.
6. The Secretarial Audit report is neither an assurance as to the future viability of the Company nor of the efficacy or effectiveness with which the management has conducted the affairs of the Company.
For Parikh & Associates Company Secretaries
Place: Mumbai Date : 30th April, 2019
Signature: Shalini Bhat Partner FCS No: 6484 CP No: 6994
34 of 187
Annexure ‘C’
POLICY ON RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS
1. Executive Summary
This Policy is being framed with the objective of ensuring compliance with the provisions
pertaining to Related Party Transactions in the Companies Act, 2013 (“Act”).
Related Party Transactions referred to throughout this Policy shall mean contracts /
arrangements / transactions with a Related Party (as defined under the Act). Accordingly,
Related Party Transactions may be entered into by the Company only in accordance with this
Policy as amended from time to time.
The Policy covers following sections:-
Objective:- Lays down the intent and requirement for drafting this Policy.
Scope:- To give an overview of the legal provisions applicable to Related Party Transactions and lay down the processes for identifying Related Parties and the Related Party Transaction approval. Definition:- Specifies the key definitions stated in the Act.
Key Principles: - (a) Identification, Review of Related Party Transactions (b) Broad Parameters to Assess: Ordinary Course of Business (c) Broad Parameters to Assess: Arm’s Length (d) Materiality Thresholds for Related Party Transactions.
Going forward, the Audit Committee would review and recommend amendments to the Policy,
as and when required, subject to the approval of the Board.
2. Objective
Section 188 of the Act and the Rules made thereunder require the approval of the Board and
the Shareholders of a company for certain transactions entered into by a company with its
Related Parties.
Related Party Transactions can present potential or actual conflicts of interest and may raise
questions whether such transactions are in the best interest of the Company and its
Shareholders. Therefore, this Policy has been adopted by the Company’s Board of Directors, to
ensure high standards of Corporate Governance while dealing with Related Parties and sets
forth the procedures under which the Related Party Transactions must be reviewed, approved
or ratified and reported.
35 of 187
This Policy has been drafted with an objective of ensuring compliance with the provisions
pertaining to Related Party Transactions under the Act.
3. Scope
Accordingly, this Policy has been adopted to:
(a) give an overview of the legal provisions applicable to Related Party Transactions;
(b) lay down the process for identifying Related Parties;
(c) identify factors for determinining whether a transaction with a Related Party is:
- on an Arm’s Length basis
- in the Ordinary Course of Business
(d) for approval / noting of Related Party Transactions.
Note 1:- This Policy is for the purpose of identifying Related Party Transactions and the relevant
approval methodology for compliance with the Act and the Rules framed thereunder.
Note 2:- Provisions of this Policy would be subject to revision / amendment in accordance with
the Rules, Regulations, Notifications, etc. on the subject as may be issued by relevant statutory
authorities, from time to time. In case of any amendment(s), clarification(s), circular(s), etc.
issued by the relevant authorities, not being consistent with the provisions laid down under this
Policy, then such amendment(s), clarification(s), circular(s), etc. shall prevail upon the
provisions hereunder and this Policy shall stand amended accordingly from the effective date as
laid down under such amendment(s), clarification(s), circular(s), etc.
4. Definition
All capitalised terms used in this Policy document but not defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Act and the Rules framed thereunder, as amended from time to time.
5. Identification and Monitoring of Related Parties
The Secretarial Team shall update the Reference List on the basis of intimations received from the Directors / KMPs or changes in corporate or investment structure, as informed from time to time. The names / details of all Related Parties identified shall be consolidated, as a Reference List and this Reference List shall be updated on a regular basis by the Secretarial Team. This Reference List and subsequent updates, as prepared by the Secretarial Team, shall be progressively shared by the Controllership Team with all Business Heads (Division Heads or higher)/ Functional Heads, for compliance at their end. All Related Party Transactions for the period shall be reported to the Company Secretary who shall place the same for approval / noting / ratification by the Audit Committee, in accordance with this Policy.
36 of 187
To review a Related Party Transaction, the Board / Audit Committee will be provided with all the relevant information pertaining to the Related Party Transaction, including the name of the related party, the nature of the relationship, nature of the transaction, whether the transaction is in the ‘Ordinary Course of Business’, whether the transaction is at ‘Arm’s Length’ and any other matter, as may be required. The process and controls with respect to identification monitoring of Related Parties and execution of Related Party Transactions would be vis-à-vis an appropriate Framework, as approved by the Board, Audit Committee and Management, instituted for compliance with this Policy. For assessing whether the transaction is in the Ordinary Course of Business and Arm’s Length, Clause 6 of this Policy shall be referred to.
6. Key Principles
A. Broad Parameters to assess - Ordinary Course of Business
The phrase Ordinary Course of Business is not defined under the Act or Rules made thereunder. The Company shall adopt a reasonable approach / methodology to demonstrate ‘Ordinary Course of Business’ which shall, inter alia, include the Nature of the transaction, the frequency / regularity / length of time the company is engaged in such transaction, such transaction / action is consistent with the past practices and was taken in the ordinary course of the normal day-to-day operations of such company, common commercial practice i.e. customarily taken, in the ordinary course of the normal day-to-day operations of other companies that are in the same / similar line of business.
The Company shall adopt an appropriate framework to assess whether transactions with related parties are done in the ordinary course of business and Company adopts generally accepted practices and principles in determining whether the transaction is in the ‘Ordinary Course of Business’. B. Broad Parameters to assess – Arm’s Length
For transactions between two related parties to be considered to be at Arm’s Length Pricing, the transaction should be conducted between the two parties as if the parties were unrelated, so that there is no conflict of interest i.e. Arm’s Length Pricing is the condition or the fact that the two related parties transact as independent (un-related) parties and on an equal footing from one or more of the following aspects viz. nature of goods / services, risk assumed, assets / resources employed, key terms / covenants.
In the absence of any guidelines on Arm’s Length Pricing in the Act, the Company shall adopt reasonable approach / methodology to demonstrate Arm’s Length Pricing for the specified Related Party Transactions identified, which shall, inter alia, include, the nature of the transaction, description of functions to be performed, risks to be assumed and assets to be employed, key terms / special terms in the arrangement forming part of a composite transaction.
The Company shall adopt an appropriate framework to assess whether transactions with related parties are done at an Arm’s Length and Company adopts generally accepted practices and principles in determining whether the transaction is at “Arm’s Length”.
37 of 187
C. Materiality Thresholds for Related Party Transactions
(a) The transactions with related parties in the ordinary course of business and at arm’s length within the monetary threshold (“de minimis threshold”) as approved by the Audit Committee/Board, from time to time, will be placed before the Audit Committee for noting, on a half yearly basis.
(b) The Board has stipulated that transactions with related parties in the ordinary course of
business and at arm’s length that cross the de minimis threshold would require prior approval of the Audit Committee.
(c) The Company follows Materiality Thresholds for Related Party Transactions as per the
Companies Act, 2013 and the applicable Rules framed thereunder for transactions with related parties which are not in the ordinary course of business and/or not at arm’s length basis.
The Company shall institute appropriate framework to provide for approvals / noting of all Related Party Transactions to be in compliance with this Policy.
7. Disclosure
The Policy shall be published on the Company’s website www.tatacapital.com.
38 of 187
Annexure 'D'
1. Details of contracts or arrangements or transactions not at arm’s length basis - Not Applicable
2. Details of material contracts or arrangement or transactions at arm’s length basis:
(Rs. in lakh)
Sr. No. Nature of
Relationship
Amount Duration of the
contracts /
arrangements/
transactions
Salient terms of the contracts or
arrangements or transactions including the
value, if any
Amount paid
as advances,
if any
a) Issue of Equity Shares 8,050 N.A. Issue of Equity Shares of Rs. 10/- each at a
premium of Rs. 21/- per share
-
61,800 Tenor upto one
year
Cost of funds at market borrowing rate -
29,600 Tenor upto one
year
N.A. -
Notes:
(1) Appropriate approvals have been taken for all Related Party Transactions
For and on behalf of the Board of Directors
Date:April 30, 2019 Vittaldas Leeladhar
Mumbai (Chairman)
(2) Materiality Thresholds for Reporting Related Party Transactions in the ordinary course of business and on an arm’s length basis, are as per the Framework for Related
Party Transactions adopted by the Company.
Form No. AOC- 2
Pursuant to clause (h) of sub-section (3) of Section 134 of the Act and Rule 8(2) of the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014
Form for disclosure of particulars of contracts/arrangements entered into by the Company with related parties referred to in sub-section (1) of Section 188 of the Companies Act,
2013 including certain arm's length transactions under third proviso thereto
Name of the
Related Party
Nature of contracts/
arrangements/ transactions
b) ICDs accepted during the year
c) ICDs repaid back during the
year
1 Tata Capital
Limited ("TCL")
Holding Company
39 of 187
Annexure ‘E’
Form No. MGT-9
EXTRACT OF ANNUAL RETURN
as on the Financial Year ended on March 31, 2019
[Pursuant to Section 92(3) of the Companies Act, 2013 and Rule 12(1) of the Companies (Management and Administration) Rules, 2014]
I. REGISTRATION AND OTHER DETAILS:
i) CIN: U65923MH2011PLC222430
ii) Registration Date: September 27, 2011
iii) Name of the Company: Tata Cleantech Capital Limited
iv) a) Category: Company limited by shares
b) Sub-Category of the Company: Indian Non-Government Company
v) Address of the Registered Office and contact details:
11th Floor, Tower A, Peninsula Business Park, Ganpatrao Kadam Marg, Lower Parel,
Mumbai – 400 013
Contact details:
Tel: 022-6606 9000
E-mail id: [email protected]
vi) Whether listed company: Yes. As per Section 2(52) of the Companies Act, 2013, the
Company is considered as a listed company since its debentures are listed on the
National Stock Exchange of India Limited.
vii) Name, Address and Contact details of Registrar and Transfer Agent, if any:
Non – Convertible Debentures issued
on a Private Placement basis
Equity Shares issued by the Company
TSR Darashaw Limited
6-10, Haji Moosa Patrawala Industrial
Estate, Near Famous Studio, 20,
Dr. E Moses Road, Mahalaxmi, Mumbai –
400011, Maharashtra, India
Contact Person: Ms. Nandini Nair
Tel: +91 22 66568484
Fax: +91 22 66568494
www.tsrdarashaw.com
e-mail: [email protected]
Karvy Fintech Private Limited
Karvy Selenium, Tower B, Plot No. 31-32,
Gachibowli, Financial District,
Nanakramguda, Hyderabad – 500 032
Tel: +91 40 67161602
Fax: +91 40 2342 0814
Website: www.karvyfintech.com
e-mail: [email protected]
40 of 187
II. PRINCIPAL BUSINESS ACTIVITIES OF THE COMPANY
All the business activities contributing 10% or more of the total turnover of the Company shall be stated:
SR.NO. NAME AND
DESCRIPTION OF
MAIN PRODUCTS /
SERVICES
NIC CODE OF
THE PRODUCT/
SERVICE
% TO TOTAL TURNOVER
OF THE COMPANY
1 Financial Service
Activity
64990 100%
III. PARTICULARS OF HOLDING, SUBSIDIARY AND ASSOCIATE COMPANIES
SR.
NO.
NAME AND ADDRESS
OF THE COMPANY
CIN/GLN HOLDING/
SUBSIDIARY
/
ASSOCIATE
% OF
SHARES
HELD
APPLICA
BLE
SECTION
1 TATA CAPITAL LIMITED
11th Floor, Tower A,
Peninsula Business Park,
Ganpatrao Kadam Marg,
Lower Parel, Mumbai –
400 013
U65990MH1991PLC060670 Holding
Company
80.50% Section
2(46)
IV. SHARE HOLDING PATTERN
(Equity Share Capital Breakup as percentage of Total Equity)
i) Category-Wise Share Holding
Category of Shareholders
No. of Shares held at the beginning of the year No. of Shares held at the end of the year % Change during the year
Demat Physical Total % of Total Shares
Demat Physical Total % of Total Shares
A. Promoters
(1) Indian
- - - - - - - - -
a) Individual/HUF
- - - - - - - - -
b) Central Govt
- - - - - - - - -
c) State Govt (s)
- - - - - - - - -
d) Bodies Corp.
- 28,63,84,848 28,63,84,848 80.50 31,23,52,590 - 31,23,52,590 80.50 0.00
e) Banks / FI
- - - - - - - - -
f) Any other… - - - - - - - - -
Sub-total (A) (1):-
- 28,63,84,848 28,63,84,848 80.50 31,23,52,590 - 31,23,52,590 80.50 0.00
41 of 187
(2) Foreign
a) NRIs - Individuals
- - - - - - - - -
b) Other – Individuals
- - - - - - - - -
c) Bodies Corp.
- - - - - - - - -
d) Banks / FI
- - - - - - - - -
e) Any Other….
- - - - - - - - -
Sub-total (A) (2):-
- - - - - - - - -
Total shareholding of Promoter (A) = (A)(1)+(A)(2)
- 28,63,84,848 28,63,84,848 80.50 31,23,52,590 - 31,23,52,590 80.50 0.00
B. Public Shareholding
1. Institutions
a) Mutual Funds
- - - - - - - - -
b) Banks / FI
- - - - - - - - -
c) Central Govt - - - - - - - - -
d) State Govt(s)
- - - - - - - - -
e) Venture Capital Funds
- - - - - - - - -
f) Insurance Companies
- - - - - - - - -
g) FIIs
- - - - - - - - -
h) Foreign Venture Capital Funds
- - - - - - - - -
i) Others (Multilateral Financial Institution)
- 6,93,72,727
6,93,72,727
19.50 7,56,63,049 - 7,56,63,049 19.50 0.00
Sub-total (B)(1):-
- 6,93,72,727
6,93,72,727
19.50 7,56,63,049 - 7,56,63,049 19.50 0.00
2. Non-Institutions
a) Bodies Corp.
i) Indian
- - - - - - - - -
ii) Overseas
- - - - - - - - -
b) Individuals
i) Individual shareholders holding nominal share capital upto
₹ 1 lakh
- - - - - - - - -
42 of 187
ii) Individual shareholders holding nominal share capital in excess of
₹ 1 lakh
- - - - - - - - -
c) Others (specify)
- - - - - - - - -
Sub-total (B)(2):-
- - - - - - - - -
Total Public Shareholding (B)=(B)(1)+ (B)(2)
- 6,93,72,727
6,93,72,727
19.50 7,56,63,049 - 7,56,63,049 19.50 0.00
C. Shares held by Custodian for GDRs & ADRs
- - - - - - - - -
Grand Total (A+B+C)
- 35,57,57,575 35,57,57,575 100 38,80,15,639 - 38,80,15,639 100 0.00
(ii) Shareholding of Promoters
Sr. No.
Shareholder’s Name Shareholding at the beginning of the year Shareholding at the end of the year
No. of Shares % of total Shares of the Company
%of Shares Pledged / encumbered to total shares
No. of Shares
% of total Shares of the Company
%of Shares Pledged / encumbered to total shares
% change in share holding during the year
1. Tata Capital Limited 28,63,84,848 80.50 - 31,23,52,590 80.50 - 0.00
Total
28,63,84,848
80.50 - 31,23,52,590 80.50 - 0.00
(iii) Change in Promoters’ Shareholding (please specify, if there is no change)
Sr. No.
Name Shareholding Date Increase / Decrease
Reason Cumulative Shareholding during the year (1.4.2018 to 31.3.2019)
No. of shares at the beginning (1.4.2018)/ end of the year (31.3.2019)
% of total shares of the Company
No. of shares % of total shares of the Company
1. Tata Capital Limited
28,63,84,848
80.50 April 1, 2018 - - 28,63,84,848 80.50
- - February 7,
2019
2,59,67,742 Issue of Equity Shares on a Rights Basis
31,23,52,590 80.50
31,23,52,590 80.50 March 31,
2019
31,23,52,590 80.50
43 of 187
(iv) Shareholding Pattern of top ten Shareholders (other than Directors, Promoters and
Holders of GDRs and ADRs)
Sr. No.
Name
Shareholding Date Increase / Decrease
Reason Cumulative Shareholding during the year (1.4.2018 to 31.3.2019)
No. of shares at the beginning
(1.4.2018)/ end of the year
(31.3.2019)
% of total shares of
the Company
No. of shares
% of total shares of the Company
1.
International Finance Corporation
6,93,72,727 19.50 April 1, 2018 - - 6,93,72,727 19.50
- - February 7, 2019
62,90,322 Issue of Equity Shares on a Rights Basis
7,56,63,049 19.50
7,56,63,049 19.50 March 31, 2019
7,56,63,049 19.50
(v) Shareholding of Directors and Key Managerial Personnel
Sr. No.
For each of the Directors and KMP
Shareholding at the beginning
of the year
Cumulative Shareholding during
the year
No. of shares No. of shares No. of shares No. of shares
1. At the beginning of the year
- - - -
2.
Date wise Increase / Decrease in Share holding during the year specifying the reasons for increase / decrease (e.g. allotment / transfer / bonus/ sweat equity etc)
- - - -
3. At the end of the year
- - - -
V. INDEBTEDNESS
Indebtedness of the Company including interest outstanding/accrued but not due for
payment.
(₹ in crore)
Secured Loans
(excluding
deposits)
Unsecured
Loans
Deposits Total
Indebtedness
Indebtedness at the beginning of the financial year: i) Principal Amount
ii) ii) Interest due but not paid iii) Interest accrued but not
due
1,903.40
0
45.75
467.18
0
1.75
0
0
0
2,370.58
0
47.50
Total (i+ii+iii)
1,949.15 468.93 0 2,418.08
44 of 187
Change in Indebtedness during the financial year
Addition (Net)
Reduction
3,915.37
2,473.56
2,384.24
1,917.59
0
0
6,299.61
4,391.15
Net Change 1,441,80 466.66 0 1,908.46
Indebtedness at the end of the financial year: i) Principal Amount ii) Interest due but not paid iii) Interest accrued but not due
3,351.49
-
39.46
932.65
-
2.94
0
0
0
4,284.14
-
42.40
Total (i+ii+iii)
3,390.95 935.59 0 4,326.53
VI. REMUNERATION OF DIRECTORS AND KEY MANAGERIAL PERSONNEL
A. Remuneration to Managing Director, Whole-time Directors and/or Manager:
(₹ in lakh)
Sr. no.
Particulars of Remuneration
Name of Managing Director Total Amount
Mr. Manish Chourasia
1.
Gross salary
(a) Salary as per provisions contained in section 17(1) of the Income-tax Act, 1961
(b) Value of perquisites u/s 17(2) Income-tax Act, 1961
(c) Profits in lieu of salary
under section 17(3) Income-tax Act, 1961
205.79
7.82 -
205.79
7.82
-
2. Stock Option
19.34 19.34
3. Sweat Equity
-- --
4. Commission - as % of profit - others, specify…
-- --
5. Others, please specify
16.89 16.89
Total (A)
249.84 249.84
Ceiling as per the Act
737.65
Notes:
1. The Remuneration details above includes Commission of FY 2018-19 to be paid in FY 2019-20.
2. The compensation cost shown under Stock Options in the table above, represents the Fair Value of the Stock Options in accordance with Indian Accounting Standards.
45 of 187
B. Remuneration to other directors:
(₹ in lakh)
Sr. no.
Particulars of Remuneration Name of Directors Total Amount
Independent Directors
Mr. Vittaldas Leeladhar
Ms. Padmini Khare Kaicker
1.
Fee for attending board / committee meetings
Commission
Others, please specify
9.0
15 -
4.8
15 -
13.8
30 -
Total (1)
24.0
19.8 43.8
Total Managerial Remuneration (A+B)
293.64
Overall Ceiling as per the Act
1622.83
Note:
1. No Sitting Fees or commission has been paid to Mr. Rajiv Sabharwal and Mr. Pradeep C Bandivadekar.
C. REMUNERATION TO KEY MANAGERIAL PERSONNEL OTHER THAN
MD/MANAGER/WTD
(₹ in lakh)
Sr.
no
.
Particulars of Remuneration Key Managerial Personnel
Chief Financial Officer
Company Secretary
Total
Mr. Behzad Bhesania
Ms. Shivangi Rajpopat
47.47
1.72
-
1. Gross salary
(a) Salary as per provisions contained in section 17(1) of the Income-tax Act, 1961
(b) Value of perquisites u/s 17(2)
Income-tax Act, 1961
(c) Profits in lieu of salary under section 17(3) Income-tax Act, 1961
47.47
1.72 -
-
- -
2. Stock Option
- - -
3. Sweat Equity
- - -
4. Commission - as % of profit - others, specify…
- - -
5. Others, please specify 2.21 - 2.21
Total
51.40 - 51.40
46 of 187
Note: 1. The Remuneration details above includes Performance Pay of FY 2018-19 to be paid in FY 2019-20.
2. Ms. Shivangi Rajpopat ceased to be the Company Secretary and Compliance Officer, with effect from January
31, 2019. She had been deputed to the Company by Tata Capital Limited (“TCL”), the holding company and was
drawing her remuneration from TCL.
VII. PENALTIES / PUNISHMENT/ COMPOUNDING OF OFFENCES:
Type Section of the
Companies Act
Brief Description
Details of Penalty /
Punishment/ Compounding fees imposed
Authority [RD / NCLT / COURT]
Appeal made,
if any (give Details)
A. COMPANY
Penalty
-
-
-
-
-
Punishment
-
-
-
-
-
Compounding
-
-
-
-
-
B. DIRECTORS
Penalty - - - - -
Punishment - - - - -
Compounding - - - - -
C. OTHER OFFICERS IN DEFAULT
Penalty - - - - -
Punishment - - - - -
Compounding - - - - -
47 of 187
ANNEXURE ‘F’
DETAILS REQUIRED UNDER SECTION 197(12) OF THE ACT READ WITH RULE 5(1)
OF THE COMPANIES (APPOINTMENT AND REMUNERATION OF MANAGERIAL
PERSONNEL) RULES, 2014
1. The ratio of the remuneration of each Director to the median remuneration of
the employees of the company for the financial year: The ratio of the remuneration of each Director to the median remuneration of the employees of the Company for FY 2018-19 is, as under:
Name of Director(s) Ratio to Median
Mr. Vittaldas Leeladhar 0.92:1
Ms. Padmini Khare Kaicker 0.76:1
Mr. Manish Chourasia 9.59:1
Notes:
(i) Mr. Rajiv Sabharwal, Non-Executive Director, did not draw any remuneration from the Company, since
he is the Managing Director & CEO of Tata Capital Limited, the holding company.
(ii) Mr. Pradeep C. Bandivadekar, Non-Executive Director, did not draw any remuneration from the
Company, as he is in the employment of Tata Capital Limited, the holding company.
In view of the above, the ratio of remuneration of Mr. Sabharwal and Mr. Bandivadekar
to the median remuneration of employees, has not been computed.
2. The percentage increase / decrease in remuneration of each Director, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Executive Officer, Company Secretary, or Manager, if any, in the financial year:
The percentage increase/decrease in remuneration of Directors in FY 2018-19, is as under:
Name of Director(s) % Increase /decrease in
Remuneration
Mr. Vittaldas Leeladhar 24%
Ms. Padmini Khare Kaicker 35%
Mr. Manish Chourasia 32%
Notes:
(i) Mr. Rajiv Sabharwal and Mr. Pradeep C. Bandivadekar, Non - Executive Directors of the Company,
did not draw any remuneration from the Company in FY 2018-19. In view of the same, the percentage
increase in their remuneration, has not been computed.
(ii) The percentage increase in remuneration of Mr. Behzad Bhesania, Chief Financial Officer, for FY
2018-19 was 8.1% as compared to FY 2017-18.
(iii) Ms. Shivangi Rajpopat ceased to be the Company Secretary & Compliance Officer of the Company,
with effect from January 31, 2019. She had been deputed to the Company by Tata Capital Limited
(“TCL”), the holding company and was drawing her remuneration from TCL.
48 of 187
3. The percentage increase in the median remuneration of employees in the financial year:
There is a decrease in the median remuneration of employees in FY 2018-19 by
0.2% as compared to FY 2017-18.
4. The number of permanent employees on the rolls of Company: The permanent employees on the rolls of Company as on March 31, 2019, were 61.
5. Average percentile increase already made in the salaries of employees other than the managerial personnel in the last financial year and its comparison with the percentile increase in the managerial remuneration and justification thereof and point out if there are any exceptional circumstances for increase in the managerial remuneration:
The average percentage increase in the salaries of employees other than that of the managerial personnel in FY 2018-19 is 7 % and the percentage increase in the overall managerial remuneration is 31%.
6. Affirmation that the remuneration is as per the Remuneration Policy of the
Company: It is affirmed that the remuneration paid is as per the Remuneration Policy adopted by the Company.
49 of 187
ANNEXURE ‘G’
MANAGEMENT DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS REPORT
1. INDUSTRY OVERVIEW AND OUTLOOK
Please refer to para 2 of the Board’s Report.
2. PERFORMANCE REVIEW AND OUTLOOK
During FY 2019, the Company continued to exhibit robust growth and consolidated on the
strong foundations laid in the previous years. This is reflected in the accelerated growth on all
key parameters, with the aggregate loan portfolio (including non-fund based commitments)
growing by 52% from ₹ 3,299 crore in FY 2018 to ₹ 5,016 crore in FY 2019, the Profit Before
Tax growing from ₹ 108.95 crore to ₹ 137.37 crore (growth of 26%) and the Profit After Tax
increasing from ₹ 76.67 crore to ₹ 102.18 crore (growth of 33%) during this period.
Over the past five years, the Company has exhibited strong growth on all parameters, with
the total loan portfolio (including non-fund based commitments) growing from ₹ 132 crore to
₹ 5,016 crore over the period FY 2014 to FY 2019, at a Compounded Annual Growth Rate
(CAGR) of ~107%). Commensurate with the increase in the loan portfolio, the Profit Before
Tax (“PBT”) has increased from ₹ 4.54 crore to ₹ 137.37 crore (at CAGR of ~98%) and the
Profit After Tax (“PAT”) has increased from ₹ 2.98 crore to ₹ 102.18 crore (at CAGR of
~103%) during the same period, while at the same time maintaining good asset quality with
Nil Non-Performing Assets (“NPA”). The Company has deepened its footprint in the debt
syndication and advisory business and has thus established itself as an important player in
the financing and advisory segment for cleantech and other infrastructure sectors in India.
However, it may be mentioned that the Net Interest Margins (“NIM”) of the Company
decreased by 90 bps during the year, from 5.1% achieved in FY 2018 to 4.2% in FY 2019,
primarily due to increase in cost of funds as a result of the disruption in the financial markets
pursuant to the default by IL&FS Group on its debt obligations and also due to increase in the
leverage of the Company from 3.7 in FY 2017-18 to 5.02 in FY 2018-19. The sudden increase
in the cost of funds could not be fully passed on to the customers, resulting in compression of
NIMs.
In response to the above situation, the Company shall endeavor to diversify its liability sources
and optimize its borrowing costs by tapping global climate investors who are keen to invest in
the Indian climate finance sector. The Company has already made a strong beginning in this
regard by successfully obtaining sanction of $ 100 million line of credit for funding solar rooftop
projects in India from Green Climate Fund (“GCF”), of which, $ 50 million was drawn down
during FY 2018-19. In addition, the Company also issued a maiden green bond during the
50 of 187
year which garnered subscription of ₹ 180 crore from Nederlandse Financierings-
Maatschappij voor Ontwikkelingslanden N.V. (FMO).
In addition, the Company shall target lending opportunities in newer emerging sectors such
as solar rooftop, energy efficiency and electric mobility. Though these sectors are currently at
early stages, significant investment opportunities are expected over the next few years. TCCL
is currently focusing on building its credit and risk evaluation capabilities in these sectors, so
as to capitalize on the opportunities over the next few years.
Going forward, the Company shall seek to further enhance its footprint in the advisory and
syndication business, and deepen its presence in debt management. The Company shall also
focus on improving its digital maturity by continuing to make investments in various digital
projects with the objective of enhancing process automation, automation of reports and digital
and analytics projects.
3. SEGMENT WISE OR PRODUCT WISE PERFORMANCE OF THE COMPANY
Please refer to Para 6 of the Board’s Report.
4. RISKS AND CONCERNS
Please refer to Para 9 of the Board’s Report.
5. DISCUSSION ON FINANCIAL PERFORMANCE WITH RESPECT TO OPERATIONAL
PERFORMANCE
Please refer to Para 3 of the Board’s Report.
6. INTERNAL CONTROL SYSTEMS AND THEIR ADEQUACY
Please refer to Para 10 of the Board’s Report.
7. MATERIAL DEVELOPMENTS IN HUMAN RESOURCES/INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS
FRONT, INCLUDING NUMBER OF PEOPLE EMPLOYED
Please refer to Para 13 of the Board’s Report.
51 of 187
Independent Auditors’ Report
To the Members of
Tata Cleantech Capital Limited
Report on the Audit of the Financial Statements
Opinion
We have audited the accompanying Financial Statements of Tata Cleantech Capital Limited (the
‘Company’), which comprise the balance sheet as at 31 March 2019, and the statement of profit and
loss (including other comprehensive income), statement of changes in equity and statement of cash
flows for the year then ended, and notes to the Financial Statements, including a summary of the
significant accounting policies and other explanatory information.
In our opinion and to the best of our information and according to the explanations given to us, the
aforesaid financial statements give the information required by the Companies Act, 2013 (the ‘Act’)
in the manner so required and give a true and fair view in conformity with the accounting principles
generally accepted in India, of the state of affairs of the Company as at 31 March 2019, and profit
and other comprehensive income, changes in equity and its cash flows for the year ended on that
date.
Basis for Opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with the Standards on Auditing (SAs) specified under section
143(10) of the Act. Our responsibilities under those SAs are further described in the Auditor’s
Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements section of our report. We are independent
of the Company in accordance with the Code of Ethics issued by the Institute of Chartered
Accountants of India (the ‘ICAI’) together with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit
of the financial statements under the provisions of the Act and the Rules thereunder, and we have
fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements and the Code of
Ethics. We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide
a basis for our opinion.
Key Audit Matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment, were of most significance in
our audit of the financial statements of the current period. These matters were addressed in the
context of our audit of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and
we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
52 of 187
Independent Auditors’ Report (Continued)
Tata Cleantech Capital Limited
Key Audit Matters (Continued)
Key audit matter How the matter was addressed in our audit
Transition date accounting policies
Refer to the accounting policies in the Financial Statements: Significant Accounting Policies- ‘Basis of preparation’ and
‘Note 3 to the Financial Statements: Explanation of transition to Ind AS’
Adoption of new accounting framework (Ind
AS)
Effective 1 April 2018, the Company adopted
the Indian Accounting Standards (‘Ind AS’)
notified by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs
with the transition date of 1 April 2017.
The following are the major impact areas for the
Company upon transition:
- Classification and measurement of financial
assets and financial liabilities
- Measurement of loan losses (expected credit
losses)
- Accounting for loan fees and costs
- Accounting for employee stock options
The migration to the new accounting framework
(Ind AS) is a complicated process involving
multiple decision points upon transition. Ind AS
101, First Time Adoption prescribes choices and
exemptions for first time application of Ind AS
principles at the transition date.
Our key audit procedures included:
Evaluated management’s transition date choices and
exemptions for compliance/acceptability under Ind AS 101.
Understood the methodology implemented by management to
give impact on the transition.
Assessed the accuracy of the computations related to significant
Ind AS adjustments.
Tested the select system reports with the help of our IT
specialists to check the completeness and accuracy of the data
and reports used to perform computations for giving effect to
Ind AS transition adjustments.
Confirmed the approvals of Audit Committee for the choices
and exemptions made by the Company for
compliance/acceptability under Ind AS 101.
Assessed areas of significant estimates and management
judgment in line with principles under Ind AS.
Assessed the appropriateness of the disclosures made in the
financial statement.
Key audit matter How the matter was addressed in our audit
Impairment on financial instruments
Charge: INR 798 lakh for year ended 31 March 2019
Provision: INR 2,156 lakh at 31 March 2019
Refer to the accounting policies in ‘Note 2.ix to the Financial Statements: Financial Instruments’ and ‘Note 2.iv to the
Financial Statements: Significant Accounting Policies- use of estimates and judgments’ and ‘Note 38’ to the Financial
Statements: Financial risk review: Credit risk ‘Note 38(A)’
Subjective estimate
Recognition and measurement of impairment of
loans involve significant management
judgement.
With the applicability of Ind AS 109: Financial
Instruments, credit loss assessment is now based
on expected credit loss (‘ECL’) model. The
Company’s impairment allowance is derived
from estimates including the historical default
and loss ratios. Management exercises
judgement in determining the quantum of loss
based on a range of factors.
The most significant areas are:
Our audit procedures included:
Design and operating effectiveness of controls
• Evaluated the appropriateness of the impairment principles
based on the requirements of Ind AS 109, our business
understanding and industry practice.
• We obtained an understanding of the management’s new /
revised processes, systems and controls implemented in
relation to impairment allowance process.
• Assessed the design and implementation of key internal
financial controls over loan impairment process used to
determine the impairment charge.
53 of 187
Independent Auditors’ Report (Continued)
Tata Cleantech Capital Limited
Key Audit Matters (Continued)
Key audit matter How the matter was addressed in our audit
Information technology
IT systems and controls
The Company’s key financial accounting and
reporting processes are highly dependent on the
automated controls in information systems, such
that there exists a risk that gaps in the IT control
environment could result in the financial
accounting and reporting records being
materially misstated. From a financial reporting
perspective the Company uses and we have
tested the financial accounting and reporting
system and loan management systems and other
tools for overall financial reporting.
We have focused on user access management,
change management, segregation of duties,
system reconciliation controls and system
application controls over key financial
accounting and reporting systems.
Our audit procedures included the following:
• We tested a sample of key controls operating over the
information technology in relation to financial accounting and
reporting systems, including system access and system change
management, program development and computer operations.
• We tested the design and operating effectiveness of key controls
over user access management which includes granting access
right, new user creation, removal of user rights and preventative
controls designed to enforce segregation of duties.
• For a selected group of key controls over financial and reporting
system, we independently performed procedures to determine
that these control remained unchanged during the year or were
changed following the standard change management process.
• Evaluated the design, implementation and operating
effectiveness of the significant accounts-related IT automated
controls which are relevant to the accuracy of system
calculation, and the consistency of data transmission.
Key audit matter How the matter was addressed in our audit
Impairment on financial instruments (Continued)
Charge: INR 798 lakh for year ended 31 March 2019
Provision: INR 2,156 lakh at 31 March 2019
- Segmentation of loan book
- Loan staging criteria
- Calculation of probability of default / loss
given default
- Consideration of probability weighted
scenarios and forward looking macro-
economic factors
- Management overlays
here is a large increase in the data inputs required
by the ECL model. This increases the risk of
completeness and accuracy of the data that has
been used to create assumptions in the model. In
some cases, data is unavailable and reasonable
alternatives have been applied to allow
calculations to be performed.
• We used our internal specialist to test the model methodology
and reasonableness of assumptions used.
• We tested the management review controls over measurement
of impairment allowances and disclosures in financial
statements.
Substantives tests • We focused on appropriate application of accounting
principles, validating completeness and accuracy of the data
and reasonableness of assumptions used in the model.
• Test of details over calculation of impairment allowance to
assess the completeness, accuracy and relevance of data.
• The appropriateness of management’s judgments was also
independently reconsidered in respect of calculation
methodologies, segmentation, economic factors, the period of
historical loss rates used and the valuation of recovery assets
and collateral.
54 of 187
Independent Auditors’ Report (Continued)
Tata Cleantech Capital Limited
Key Audit Matters (Continued)
Key audit matter How the matter was addressed in our audit
Information technology (Continued)
• Other areas that were independently assessed included
password policies, security configurations, system interface
controls, controls over changes to applications and databases
and that business users, developers and production support did
not have access to change applications, the operating system or
databases in the production environment.
• Obtained report related to information technology audit carried
out by the subject matter expert engaged by the management
and assessed the impact if any on our audit procedures.
Key audit matter How the matter was addressed in our audit
Assessment of business model for classification and measurement of financial assets
Financial assets classified at Amortised cost: INR 462,168 lakh as at 31 March 2019
Financial assets classified at FVOCI: INR 60,930 lakh at 31 March 2019
Financial assets classified at FVTPL: INR 60 lakh at 31 March 2019
Refer to the accounting policies in ‘Note 2.ix to the Financial Statements: Financial Instruments’ and ‘Note 2.iv to the
Financial Statements: Significant Accounting Policies- use of estimates and judgments’ and ‘Note 35’ to the Financial
Statements: Financial risk review: Credit risk ‘Note 35(C)’
Classification and measurement of Financial
assets – Business model assessment
Ind AS 109, Financial Instruments, contains
three principal measurement categories for
financial assets i.e. :
- Amortised cost;
- Fair Value through Other
Comprehensive Income (‘FVOCI’);
and
- Fair Value through Profit and Loss
(‘FVTPL’).
A financial asset is classified into a measurement
category at inception and is reclassified only in
rare circumstances. The assessment as to how an
asset should be classified is made on the basis of
both the entity’s business model for managing
the financial asset and the contractual cash flow
characteristics of the financial asset.
The term ‘business model’ refers to the way in
which the Company manages its financial assets
in order to generate cash flows. That is, the
Company’s business model determines whether
cash flows will result from collecting contractual
cash flows, selling the financial assets or both.
Our key audit procedures included:
Design / controls
• Assessed the design, implementation and operating
effectiveness of key internal controls over management’s intent
of purchasing a financial asset and the approval mechanism for
such stated intent and classification of such financial assets on
the basis of management’s intent (business model).
• For financial assets classified at amortised cost, we tested
controls over the classification of such assets and subsequent
measurement of assets at amortised cost. Further, we tested key
internal controls over monitoring of such financial assets to
check whether there have been any subsequent sales of financial
assets classified at amortised cost.
Substantive tests
Test of details over of classification and measurement of
financial assets in accordance with management’s intent
(business model)
We selected a sample of financial assets to test whether their
classification as at the balance sheet date is in accordance with
management’s intent.
We selected a sample (based on quantitative thresholds) of
financial assets sold during the year to check whether there have
been any sales of financial assets classified at amortised cost.
55 of 187
Independent Auditors’ Report (Continued)
Tata Cleantech Capital Limited
Key Audit Matters (Continued)
Key audit matter How the matter was addressed in our audit
Classification and measurement of Financial
assets – Business model assessment
(Continued)
Amortised cost classification and measurement
category is met if the financial asset is held
within a business model whose objective is to
hold financial assets in order to collect
contractual cash flows
FVOCI classification and measurement category
is met if the financial asset is held in a business
model in which assets are managed both in order
to collect contractual cash flows and for sale.
Such financial assets are subsequently measured
at fair value, with changes in fair value
recognized in other comprehensive income.
FVTPL classification and measurement
category is met if the financial asset does not
meet the criteria for classification and
measurement at amortised cost or at FVOCI.
Such financial assets are subsequently measured
at fair value, with changes in fair value
recognized in profit or loss.
We identified business model assessment as a
key audit matter because of the management
judgement involved in determining the intent for
purchasing and holding a financial asset which
could lead to different classification and
measurement outcomes of the financial assets
and its significance to the financial statements of
the Company.
We have also checked that there have been no reclassifications
of assets in the current period.
Other Information
The Company’s management and Board of Directors are responsible for the other information. The
other information comprises the information included in the Company’s annual report, but does not
include the financial statements and our auditors’ report thereon.
Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and we do not express
any form of assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other
information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with
the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit or otherwise appears to be materially
misstated. If, based on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material
misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. We have nothing to report
in this regard.
56 of 187
Independent Auditors’ Report (Continued)
Tata Cleantech Capital Limited Management's Responsibility for the Financial Statements
The Company’s management and Board of Directors are responsible for the matters stated in section
134(5) of the Act with respect to the preparation of these financial statements that give a true and fair
view of the state of affairs, profit/loss and other comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash
flows of the Company in accordance with the accounting principles generally accepted in India,
including the Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS) specified under section 133 of the Act. This
responsibility also includes maintenance of adequate accounting records in accordance with the
provisions of the Act for safeguarding of the assets of the Company and for preventing and
detecting frauds and other irregularities; selection and application of appropriate accounting
policies; making judgments and estimates that are reasonable and prudent; and design,
implementation and maintenance of adequate internal financial controls that were operating
effectively for ensuring the accuracy and completeness of the accounting records, relevant to the
preparation and presentation of the financial statements that give a true and fair view and are free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, management and Board of Directors are responsible for
assessing the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters
related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless management either
intends to liquidate the Company or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.
Board of Directors is also responsible for overseeing the Company’s financial reporting process.
Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole
are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report
that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a guarantee
that an audit conducted in accordance with SAs will always detect a material misstatement when it
exists. Misstatements can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in
the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken
on the basis of these financial statements.
As part of an audit in accordance with SAs, we exercise professional judgment and maintain
professional skepticism throughout the audit. We also:
Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due
to fraud or error, design and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and obtain
audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion. The risk of
not detecting a material misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one resulting from
error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or
the override of internal control.
Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the audit in order to design audit
procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances. Under section 143(3)(i) of the Act, we
are also responsible for expressing our opinion on whether the company has adequate internal
financial controls with reference to financial statements in place and the operating
effectiveness of such controls.
Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of accounting
estimates and related disclosures made by management.
57 of 187
Independent Auditors’ Report (Continued)
Tata Cleantech Capital Limited
Auditor’s Responsibilities for the Audit of the Financial Statements (Continued)
Conclude on the appropriateness of management’s use of the going concern basis of
accounting and, based on the audit evidence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists
related to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the Company’s ability to
continue as a going concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists, we are required
to draw attention in our auditor’s report to the related disclosures in the financial statements
or, if such disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclusions are based on the
audit evidence obtained up to the date of our auditor’s report. However, future events or
conditions may cause the Company to cease to continue as a going concern.
Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of the financial statements, including
the disclosures, and whether the financial statements represent the underlying transactions and
events in a manner that achieves fair presentation.
We communicate with those charged with governance regarding, among other matters, the planned
scope and timing of the audit and significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in
internal control that we identify during our audit.
We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that we have complied with relevant
ethical requirements regarding independence, and to communicate with them all relationships and
other matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence, and where applicable,
related safeguards.
From the matters communicated with those charged with governance, we determine those matters
that were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements of the current period and are
therefore the key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditors’ report unless law or
regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter or when, in extremely rare circumstances, we
determine that a matter should not be communicated in our report because the adverse consequences
of doing so would reasonably be expected to outweigh the public interest benefits of such
communication.
Other Matter
The comparative financial information of the Company for the transition date opening balance sheet as
at 1 April 2017 included in these financial statements, are based on the previously issued statutory
financial statements for the year ended 31 March 2017 prepared in accordance with the Companies
(Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006 audited by the predecessor auditor whose report dated 26 April
2017 expressed an unmodified opinion on those financial statements, as adjusted for the differences in
the accounting principles adopted by the Company on transition to the Ind AS, which have been audited
by us.
Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements
1. As required by the Companies (Auditors’ Report) Order, 2016 (the ‘Order’) issued by the
Central Government of India in terms of section 143 (11) of the Act, we give in the ‘Annexure
A’ a statement on the matters specified in paragraphs 3 and 4 of the Order, to the extent
applicable.
58 of 187
Independent Auditors’ Report (Continued)
Tata Cleantech Capital Limited
Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements (Continued)
(A) As required by Section 143(3) of the Act, we report that:
a) We have sought and obtained all the information and explanations which to the best
of our knowledge and belief were necessary for the purposes of our audit;
b) In our opinion, proper books of account as required by law have been kept by the
Company so far as it appears from our examination of those books;
c) The balance sheet, the statement of profit and loss (including other comprehensive
income), the statement of changes in equity and the statement of cash flows dealt with
by this Report are in agreement with the books of account;
d) In our opinion, the aforesaid financial statements comply with the Ind AS specified
under section 133 of the Act;
e) On the basis of the written representations received from the directors as on 31 March
2019 taken on record by the Board of Directors, none of the directors is disqualified
as on 31 March 2019 from being appointed as a director in terms of Section 164(2) of
the Act; and
f) With respect to the adequacy of the internal financial controls with reference to
financial statements of the Company and the operating effectiveness of such controls,
refer to our separate Report in ‘Annexure B’.
(B) With respect to the other matters to be included in the Auditors’ Report in accordance with
Rule 11 of the Companies (Audit and Auditors) Rules, 2014, in our opinion and to the best
of our information and according to the explanations given to us:
i. The Company does not have any pending litigations as at 31 March 2019 which would
impact its financial position;
ii. The Company has made provision, as required under the applicable law or accounting
standards, for material foreseeable losses, if any, on long-term contracts including
derivative contracts- Refer Note 40 (V) to the financial statements;
iii. There were no amounts which were required to be transferred to the Investor
Education and Protection Fund by the Company; and
iv. The disclosures in the financial statements regarding holdings as well as dealings in
specified bank notes during the period from 8 November 2016 to 30 December 2016
have not been made in these financial statements since they do not pertain to the
financial year ended 31 March 2019.
59 of 187
Independent Auditors’ Report (Continued)
Tata Cleantech Capital Limited
Report on Other Legal and Regulatory Requirements (Continued)
(C) With respect to the matter to be included in the Auditors’ Report under section 197(16):
In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, the
remuneration paid by the company to its directors during the current year is in accordance
with the provisions of Section 197 of the Act. The remuneration paid to any director is not
in excess of the limit laid down under Section 197 of the Act. The Ministry of Corporate
Affairs has not prescribed other details under Section 197(16) which are required to be
commented upon by us.
For B S R & Co. LLP
Chartered Accountants
Firm's Registration No. 101248W/W-100022
Manoj Kumar Vijai
Mumbai Partner
30 April 2019 Membership No. 046882
60 of 187
Annexure A to the Independent Auditor’s Report of even date on the
financial statements of Tata Cleantech Capital Limited
(i) a. The Company has maintained proper records showing full particulars, including
quantitative details and situation of fixed assets.
b. The Company has a program of verification to cover all the items of fixed assets once
in three years which, in our opinion, is reasonable having regard to the size of the
Company and the nature of its assets. Pursuant to the program, all the fixed assets were
physically verified by management as at 31 March 2017. According to the information
and explanation given to us, no material discrepancies were noticed on such verification.
c. According the information and explanations given to us and on the basis of our
examination of the records of the Company, the title deeds of the immovable property
included in property, plant and equipment is held in the name of the Company.
(ii) The Company is a Non-Banking Finance Company (‘NBFC’) and does not have any
inventories. Accordingly, the provision of clause 3(ii) of the Order is not applicable to the
Company.
(iii) According to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not granted
any loans, secured or unsecured to companies, firms, Limited Liability Partnerships or other
parties covered in the Register maintained under Section 189 of the Companies Act, 2013
(the ‘Act’). Accordingly, the provision of clause 3(iii) of the Order is not applicable to the
Company.
(iv) According to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not granted
any loans, made investments or provided guarantees under Section 185 of the Act and has
complied with the provisions of Section 186 (1) of the Act. The Company being a NBFC,
nothing contained in Section 186 is applicable, except subsection (1) of that section.
(v) According to the information and explanations given to us, the Company has not accepted
any deposits from the public to which the directives issued by the Reserve Bank of India and
the provisions of Section 73 to 76 or any other relevant provisions of the Act and the rules
framed there under apply. Accordingly, the provision of clause 3(v) of the Order is not
applicable to the Company.
(vi) The Central Government of India has not prescribed the maintenance of cost records under
sub section (1) of section 148 of the Act for any of the services rendered by the Company.
Accordingly, the provision of clause 3(vi) of the Order is not applicable to the Company.
(vii) a) According to the information and explanations given to us and on the basis of our
examination of records of the Company, amounts deducted / accrued in the books of
account in respect of undisputed statutory dues including provident fund, employees’
state insurance, income-tax, goods and service tax, cess, and other material statutory
dues have generally been regularly deposited by the Company with the appropriate
authorities. As explained to us the Company did not have any dues on account of duty
of customs and duty of excise.
According to the information and explanations given to us, no undisputed amounts
payable in respect of provident fund, employees’ state insurance, income tax, goods and
service tax, cess and other material statutory dues were in arrears as at 31 March 2019
for a period of more than six months from the date they became payable.
b) According to the information and explanations given to us, the Company did not have
any dues on account of income tax, sales tax, service tax, goods and service tax, duty of
customs, value added tax or duty of excise which have not been deposited on account of
dispute.
61 of 187
Annexure A to the Independent Auditor’s Report of even date on the
financial statements of Tata Cleantech Capital Limited (Continued)
(viii) In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, the Company
has not defaulted in the repayment of loans or borrowing to financial institutions, banks, or
debenture holders during the year. During the year, the Company did not have any loans or
borrowing from the Government.
(ix) In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, the term loans
taken by the Company have been applied for the purpose for which they were raised. The
Company has not raised any money by way of initial public offer or further public offer
during the year.
(x) During the course of our examination of the books and records of the Company, carried out
in accordance with the generally accepted auditing practices in India, and according to the
explanation and information given to us, no material fraud by the Company or on the
Company by its officers or employees has been noticed or reported during the course of our
audit.
(xi) According to the information and explanations give to us and based on our examination of
the records of the Company, the Company has paid / provided for managerial remuneration
in accordance with the requisite approvals mandated by the provisions of Section 197 read
with Schedule V to the Act.
(xii) In our opinion and according to the information and explanations given to us, the Company
is not a nidhi company. Accordingly, the provision of clause 3(xii) of the Order is not
applicable.
(xiii) According to the information and explanations given to us and on the basis of our
examination of the records of the Company, transactions with the related parties are in
compliance with section 177 and 188 of the Act where applicable and the details have been
disclosed in the accompanying financial statements, as required by the applicable accounting
standards.
(xiv) According to the information and explanations given to us and based on our examination of
the records of the Company, the Company has not made any preferential allotment or private
placement of shares or fully or partly convertible debentures during the year. Accordingly,
the provision of clause 3(xiv) of the Order is not applicable.
(xv) According to the information and explanations given to us and based on our examination of
the records, during the year the Company has not entered into any non-cash transactions with
directors or persons connected with him. Accordingly, the provision of clause 3(xv) of the
Order is not applicable.
(xvi) The Company is required to be registered under Section 45-IA of the Reserve Bank of India
Act, 1934 and it has obtained certificate of registration dated 19 October 2012.
For B S R & Co. LLP
Chartered Accountants
Firm's Registration No: 101248W/W-100022
Manoj Kumar Vijai
Mumbai Partner
30 April 2019 Membership No: 046882
62 of 187
Annexure B to the Independent Auditor’s Report of even date on the
financial statements of Tata Cleantech Capital Limited
Report on the Internal Financial Controls with reference to the aforesaid financial
statements under Clause (i) of Sub-section 3 of Section 143 of the Companies Act, 2013 (“the
Act”)
(Referred to in paragraph (1 (A) (f)) under ‘Report on Other Legal and Regulatory
Requirements’ section of our report of even date)
Opinion
We have audited the internal financial controls with reference to financial statements of Tata
Cleantech Capital Limited (“the Company”) as of 31 March 2019 in conjunction with our audit
of the financial statements of the Company for the year ended on that date.
In our opinion, the Company has, in all material respects, adequate internal financial controls with
reference to financial statements and such internal financial controls were operating effectively as at
31 March 2019, based on the internal financial controls with reference to financial statements criteria
established by the Company considering the essential components of internal control stated in the
Guidance Note on Audit of Internal Financial Controls Over Financial Reporting issued by the
Institute of Chartered Accountants of India (the “Guidance Note”).
Management’s Responsibility for Internal Financial Controls
The Company’s management and the Board of Directors are responsible for establishing and
maintaining internal financial controls based on the internal financial controls with reference to
financial statements criteria established by the Company considering the essential components of
internal control stated in the Guidance Note. These responsibilities include the design,
implementation and maintenance of adequate internal financial controls that were operating
effectively for ensuring the orderly and efficient conduct of its business, including adherence to
company’s policies, the safeguarding of its assets, the prevention and detection of frauds and errors,
the accuracy and completeness of the accounting records, and the timely preparation of reliable
financial information, as required under the Companies Act, 2013 (hereinafter referred to as “the
Act”).
Auditor’s Responsibility
Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal financial controls with
reference to financial statements based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with the
Guidance Note and the Standards on Auditing, prescribed under section 143(10) of the Act, to the
extent applicable to an audit of internal financial controls with reference to financial statements.
Those Standards and the Guidance Note require that we comply with ethical requirements and plan
and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether adequate internal financial
controls with reference to financial statements were established and maintained and whether such
controls operated effectively in all material respects.
Our audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the adequacy of the internal
financial controls with reference to financial statements and their operating effectiveness. Our audit
of internal financial controls with reference to financial statements included obtaining an
understanding of such internal financial controls, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists,
and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the
assessed risk. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment
of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error.
63 of 187
Annexure B to the Independent Auditor’s Report of even date on the
financial statements of Tata Cleantech Capital Limited (Continued)
Auditor’s Responsibility (Continued)
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis
for our audit opinion on the Company’s internal financial controls with reference to financial
statements.
Meaning of Internal Financial Controls with Reference to Financial Reporting
A company's internal financial controls with reference to financial statements is a process designed
to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles. A company's internal financial controls with reference to financial statements include
those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail,
accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2)
provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts
and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorisations of
management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets
that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Inherent Limitations of Internal Financial Controls with Reference to Financial Reporting
Because of the inherent limitations of internal financial controls with reference to financial
statements, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls,
material misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Also, projections of any
evaluation of the internal financial controls with reference to financial statements to future periods
are subject to the risk that the internal financial controls with reference to financial statements may
become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the
policies or procedures may deteriorate.
For B S R & Co. LLP
Chartered Accountants
Firm's Registration No: 101248W/W-100022
Manoj Kumar Vijai
Mumbai Partner
30 April 2019 Membership No: 046882
64 of 187
TATA CLEANTECH CAPITAL LIMITED
BALANCE SHEET AS AT MARCH 31, 2019
(Rs. in lakh)
PARTICULARS Note
As at
March 31, 2019
As at
March 31, 2018
As at
April 1, 2017
ASSETS
(1) Financial assets
(a) Cash and cash equivalents 4 31,792 711 1,434
(b) Bank balances other than (a) above - - -
(c) Receivables
(i) Trade receivables 5 34 23 7
(ii) Other receivables - - -
(d) Loans 6 490,980 308,898 199,916
(e) Investments 7 60 41 35
(f) Other financial assets 8 292 266 5
Total Financial assets 523,158 309,939 201,397
(2) Non-financial assets
(a) Current tax assets (Net) 9 547 231 146
(b) Deferred tax assets (Net) 9 1,527 837 625
(c) Investment Property 10 235 246 257
(d) Property, plant and equipment 10 23 29 25
(e) Capital work-in-progress - - -
(f) Other non-financial assets 11 112 145 42
Total Non-financial assets 2,444 1,488 1,095
Total Assets 525,602 311,427 202,492
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
LIABILITIES
(1) Financial liabilities
(a) Payables
(i) Trade payables
- Total outstanding dues of micro enterprises and small enterprises - - -
- Total outstanding dues of creditors other than micro enterprises and
small enterprises 12 423 285 335
(ii) Other payables
- Total outstanding dues of micro enterprises and small enterprises - - -
- Total outstanding dues of creditors other than micro enterprises and
small enterprises - - -
(b) Debt Securities 13 78,550 82,746 42,472
(c) Borrowings (Other than debt securities) 14 349,596 154,263 95,970
(d) Other financial liabilities 15 4,919 5,193 3,352
Total Financial liabilities 433,488 242,487 142,129
(2) Non-Financial liabilities
(a) Current tax liabilities (Net) - - 23
(b) Provisions 16 2,252 1,504 1,080
(c) Other non-financial liabilities 17 3,304 1,165 831
Total Non-financial liabilities 5,556 2,669 1,934
(3) Equity
(a) Share capital 18 38,802 35,576 35,576
(b) Other equity 19 47,756 30,695 22,853
Total Equity 86,558 66,271 58,429
Total Liabilities and Equity 525,602 311,427 202,492
Summary of significant accounting policies 2
See accompanying notes forming part of the financial statements 1-42
In terms of our report of even date For and on behalf of the Board of Directors
For B S R & Co. LLP Vittaldas Leeladhar Rajiv Sabharwal
Chartered Accountants (Chairman) (Director)
Firms Registration No – 101248W/W-100022 DIN: 02630276 DIN: 00057333
Pradeep C. Bandivadekar Padmini Khare Kaicker
Manoj Kumar Vijai (Director) (Director)
Partner DIN: 00059330 DIN: 00296388
Membership No: 046882
Place: Mumbai Manish Chourasia Behzad Bhesania
Date : April 30, 2019 (Managing Director) (Chief Financial Officer)
DIN: 03547985
65 of 187
TATA CLEANTECH CAPITAL LIMITED
STATEMENT OF PROFIT AND LOSS FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2019
(Rs. in lakh)
PARTICULARS Note
For the year
ended
March 31, 2019
For the year
ended
March 31, 2018
I Revenue from operations #REF!
(i) Interest Income 20 42,045 26,030
(ii) Fees and commission Income 1,151 1,149
(iii) Net gain on fair value changes 21 78 10
II Other income 22 38 21
III Total Income (I+II) 43,312 27,210
IV Expenses
Finance costs 23 24,853 13,272
Fees and commission expense - -
Impairment on financial instruments 24 798 520
Employee benefit expenses 25 2,062 1,619
Depreciation and amortisation and impairment 10 23 24
Other expenses 26 1,839 880
Total expenses (IV) 29,575 16,315
V Profit before exceptional items and tax (III-IV) 13,737 10,895
VI Exceptional Items - -
VII Profit before tax (V-VI) 13,737 10,895
VIII Tax expense
(1) Current tax 9 4,248 3,530
(2) Deferred tax 10 (729) (302)
Net tax expense 3,519 3,228
IX Profit from continuing operations (VII-VIII) 10,218 7,667
X Profit from discontinued operations before tax - -
XI Tax expense of discontinued operations - -
XII Profit from discontinued operations (after tax) (X-XI) - -
XIII Profit for the year (IX+XII) 10,218 7,667
XIV Other Comprehensive Income
(i) Items that will be reclassified subsequently to statement of profit and loss
(a) Fair value gain / (loss) on Financial Assets carried at FVTOCI 111 261
(b) Income tax relating to items that will be reclassified to profit or loss (39) (91)
(ii) Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to statement of profit and loss
(a) Remeasurement of defined employee benefit plans (28) (26)
(b) Income tax relating to items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss 8 9
Total Other Comprehensive (Loss)/Income (i+ii) 52 153
XV Total Comprehensive Income for the year (XIII+XIV)(Comprising Profit Other
Comprehensive Income for the year) 10,270 7,820
XVI Earnings per equity share (for continuing operation):
(1) Basic (Rs.) 2.83 2.16
(2) Diluted (Rs.) 2.83 2.16
XVII Earnings per equity share (for discontinuing operation):
(1) Basic (Rs.) - -
(2) Diluted (Rs.) - -
XVIII Earnings per equity share(for discontinued and continuing operations)
(1) Basic (Rs.) 2.83 2.16
(2) Diluted (Rs.) 2.83 2.16
Summary of significant accounting policies 2
See accompanying notes forming part of the financial statements 1-42
In terms of our report of even date For and on behalf of the Board of Directors
For B S R & Co. LLP
Chartered Accountants Vittaldas Leeladhar Rajiv Sabharwal
Firms Registration No – 101248W/W-100022 (Chairman) (Director)
DIN: 02630276 DIN: 00057333
Manoj Kumar Vijai Pradeep C. Bandivadekar Padmini Khare Kaicker
Partner (Director) (Director)
Membership No: 046882 DIN: 00059330 DIN: 00296388
Manish Chourasia Behzad Bhesania
Place: Mumbai (Managing Director) (Chief Financial Officer)
Date : April 30, 2019 DIN: 03547985 66 of 187
a. Equity share capital
Balance as at April 1, 2017 35,576
Changes in equity share capital during the year -
Balance at March 31, 2018 18 35,576
Changes in equity share capital during the year 3,226
Balance at March 31, 2019 18 38,802
b. Other equity (Rs. in lakh)
Securities
premium
Debenture
Redemption
Reserve
Special Reserve
Account u/s 45-IC of
Reserve Bank of India
Act, 1934
Special Reserve
Account u/s 36(1)(viii)
of Income tax Act, 1961
Share options
outstanding
account
General
Reserve
Retained
earnings
Remeasurement
of defined
benefit liability
/asset
Fair value gain /
(loss) on Financial
Assets carried at
FVTOCI
Balance at April 1, 2017 - 15,265 - 1,654 1,930 - - 3,820 - 184 22,853
Profit for the year - - - - - - - 7,667 - 7,667
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of income tax - - - - - - - - (17) 170 153
Total - 15,265 - 1,654 1,930 - - 11,487 (17) 354 30,673
Transfer to stock reserve - equity settled options - - - - - 19 3 - - - 22
Transfer to Special Reserve Account - - - 1,581 1661 - - (3,242) - - -
Balance at March 31, 2018 - 15,265 - 3,235 3,591 19 3 8,245 (17) 354 30,695
Profit for the year - - - - - - - 10,218 - - 10,218
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of income tax - - - - - - - - (20) 72 52
Total - - - - - - - 10,218 (20) 72 10,270
Transfer to stock reserve - equity settled options - - - - - 15 12 - - - 27
Premium on issue of Equity Shares - 6,774 - - - - - - - - 6,774
Share issue expenses written-off - (10) - - - - - - - - (10)
Transfer to Special Reserve Account - - 2,044 1,514 - - (3,558) - - -
Balance at March 31, 2019 - 22,029 - 5,279 5,105 34 15 14,905 (37) 426 47,756
Summary of significant accounting policies - 2
See accompanying notes forming part of the financial statements- refer notes 1-42
In terms of our report of even date For and on behalf of the Board of Directors
For B S R & Co. LLP
Chartered Accountants
Firms Registration No – 101248W/W-100022 Vittaldas Leeladhar Rajiv Sabharwal Pradeep C. Bandivadekar
(Chairman) (Director) (Director)
DIN: 02630276 DIN: 00057333 DIN: 00059330
Manoj Kumar Vijai
Partner
Membership No: 046882
Padmini Khare Kaicker Manish Chourasia Behzad Bhesania
Place: Mumbai (Director) (Managing Director) (Chief Financial Officer)
Date : April 30, 2019 DIN: 00296388 DIN: 03547985
Particulars Note Rs. in Lakh
TATA CLEANTECH CAPITAL LIMITED
STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN EQUITY FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2019
Total
equity
Particulars Equity component
of compound
financial
instruments
Reserves and surplus Other items of Other
Comprehensive Income
67 of 187
(Rs. in lakh)
Note
No.
For the year
ended
March 31, 2019
For the year
ended
March 31, 2018
1 CASH FLOW USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES (169,488) (99,119)
Profit before tax 13,737 10,895
Adjustments for :
Depreciation and amortisation 23 24
Interest expenses 20,635 10,966
Discounting charges on commercial paper 4,218 2,306
Interest income (42,045) (26,030)
Net gain on fair value changes
- Realised (75) (8)
- Unrealised (3) (2)
Provision for leave encashment 27 6
Share based payments- Equity-settled 26 22
Impairment loss allowance (Stage I & II) 798 520
(2,659) (1,300)
Adjustments for :
Increase in trade receivables (11) (16)
Increase in Loans (181,851) (108,754)
(Increase) / Decrease in - Other financial asset (7) (252)
(Increase) / Decrease in - Other non-financial assets 33 (103)
(Decrease) in Other financial liabilities 236 149
Increase in Trade payables 138 (50)
Increase / (Decrease) in Provisions (105) (128)
Increase in Other non-financial liabilities 3,238 1,167
(180,988) (109,289)
Interest paid (24,752) (11,423)
Interest received 40,808 25,222
Dividend received - -
Cash used in operations (164,932) (95,490)
Taxes paid (4,556) (3,629)
NET CASH USED IN OPERATING ACTIVITIES ( A ) (169,488) (99,119)
2 CASH FLOW FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchase of property, plant and equipment (including capital advances) (13) (18)
Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment 7 1
Purchase of mutual fund units (308,332) (38,164)
Proceeds from redemption of mutual fund units 308,391 38,168
NET CASH GENERATED / (USED) IN INVESTING ACTIVITIES ( B ) 53 (13)
3 CASH FLOW FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from issue of Equity Shares 9,990 -
Share issue / debenture issue / loan processing expenses (315) (58)
Proceeds from borrowings (Other than debt securities) 591,893 272,500
Proceeds from Debt Securities and Subordinated liabilities 25,500 56,770
Repayment of Borrowings (Other than debt securities) (397,075) (214,325)
Repayment of Debt Securities and Subordinated liabilities (29,477) (16,478)
NET CASH FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES ( C ) 200,516 98,409
Particulars
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2019
TATA CLEANTECH CAPITAL LIMITED
Cash used in operations before adjustments for interest received, interest
paid and dividend received
Operating Loss before working capital changes and adjustments for
interest received, interest paid and dividend received
68 of 187
(Rs. in lakh)
Note
No.
For the year
ended
March 31, 2019
For the year
ended
March 31, 2018
Particulars
STATEMENT OF CASH FLOW FOR THE YEAR ENDED MARCH 31, 2019
TATA CLEANTECH CAPITAL LIMITED
31,081 (723)
711 1,434
31,792 711
Summary of significant accounting policies -2
See accompanying notes forming part of the financial statements- refer notes 1-42
In terms of our report of even date For and on behalf of the Board of Directors
For B S R & Co. LLP
Chartered Accountants
Firms Registration No – 101248W/W-100022 Vittaldas Leeladhar Rajiv Sabharwal
(Chairman) (Director)
DIN: 02630276 DIN: 00057333
Manoj Kumar Vijai Pradeep C. Bandivadekar Padmini Khare Kaicker
Partner (Director) (Director)
Membership No: 046882 DIN: 00059330 DIN: 00296388
Place: Mumbai Manish Chourasia Behzad Bhesania
Date : April 30, 2019 (Managing Director) (Chief Financial Officer)
DIN: 03547985
NET INCREASE / (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS ( A + B
+ C )
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AS AT THE BEGINNING OF THE
YEAR
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AS AT THE END OF THE YEAR
69 of 187
TATA CLEANTECH CAPITAL LIMITED
Notes forming part of the Standalone Financial Statements
1. CORPORATE INFORMATION
Tata Cleantech Capital Limited (the "Company") is a subsidiary of Tata Capital Limited and
a Systemically Important Non Deposit Accepting Non-Banking Finance Company
(“NBFC”), holding a Certificate of Registration from the Reserve Bank of India (“RBI”)
received on October 19, 2012. The Company has received the Certificate of Registration as
a "Infrastructure Finance Company" from RBI dated October 15, 2015. The Company is
engaged in the business of providing finance and advisory services for renewable energy,
energy efficiency and water management projects.
2. SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
i. Statement of compliance
In accordance with the notification issued by the Ministry of Corporate Affairs, the
Company has adopted Indian Accounting Standards (referred to as “Ind AS”) notified
under the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015. The Company has
adopted Ind AS from April 1, 2018 with effective transition date as April 1, 2017. These
financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Ind AS as notified under the
Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015 read with Section 133 of the
Companies Act, 2013 (the “Act”). The transition was carried out from Accounting
Principles generally accepted in India as prescribed under Section 133 of the Act, read with
Rule 7 of the Companies (Accounts) Rules, 2014 (“IGAAP” or “previous GAAP”).
An explanation of how the transition to Ind AS has affected the previously reported
financial position, financial performance and cash flows of the Company is provided in
Note no 3.
The Company is regulated by the Reserve Bank of India (‘RBI’). The RBI periodically
issues/amends directions, regulations and/or guidance (collectively “Regulatory
70 of 187
Framework”) covering various aspects of the operation of the Company, including those
relating to accounting for certain types of transactions. The Regulatory Framework
contains specific instructions that need to be followed by the Company in preparing its
financial statements. The financial statements for the current and previous year may need
to undergo changes in measurement and / or presentation upon receipt of clarifications
on the Regulatory Framework or changes thereto.
ii. Presentation of financial statements
The Balance Sheet, Statement of Profit and Loss and Statement of changes in Equity are
prepared and presented in the format prescribed in the Division III of Schedule III of the
Act. The Statement of Cash Flows has been prepared and presented as per the
requirements of Ind AS. Amounts in the financial statements are presented in Indian
Rupees in Lakh.
iii. Basis of preparation and presentation
The financial statements have been prepared on the historical cost basis except for certain
financial instruments that are measured at fair values at the end of each reporting period
as explained in the accounting policies below.
Historical cost is generally based on the fair value of the consideration given in exchange
for goods and services at the time of entering into the transaction.
Measurement of fair values:
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability
in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date,
regardless of whether that price is directly observable or estimated using another
valuation technique.
71 of 187
Fair value for measurement and/or disclosure purposes for certain items in these financial
statements is determined considering the following measurement methods:
Items Measurement basis
Certain financial assets and liabilities Fair value
Net defined benefit (asset)/liability Fair value of planned assets less present
value of defined benefit obligations
Property plant and equipment Value in use under Ind AS 36
Fair value measurements under Ind AS are categorised into Level 1, 2, or 3 based on the
degree to which the inputs to the fair value measurements are observable and the
significance of the inputs to the fair value measurement in its entirety, which are
described as follows:
a) Level 1: inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or
liabilities that the Company can access at measurement date
b) Level 2: inputs are other than quoted prices included within level 1, that are
observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and
c) Level 3: inputs are unobservable inputs for the valuation of assets or liabilities that the
Company can access at measurement date.
Valuation model and framework used for fair value measurement and disclosure of
financial instrument:
Refer note 34A and 34B.
iv. Use of estimates and judgements
The preparation of financial statements requires the management of the Company to
make judgements, assumptions and estimates that affect the reported balances of assets
and liabilities and disclosures relating to the contingent liabilities as at the date of the
financial statements and reported amounts of income and expenses for the reporting
72 of 187
period. The application of accounting policies that require critical accounting estimates
involving complex and subjective judgments and the use of assumptions in the financial
statements have been disclosed as applicable in the respective notes to accounts.
Accounting estimates could change from period to period. Future results could differ from
these estimates. Appropriate changes in estimates are made as the Management becomes
aware of changes in circumstances surrounding the estimates. Changes in estimates are
reflected in the financial statements in the period in which changes are made and, if
material, their effect are disclosed in the notes to the financial statements.
Judgements:
Information about judgements made in applying accounting policies that have a most
significant effect on the amount recognised in the financial statements is included in the
following note:
- Note ix - classification of financial assets: assessment of the business model within
which the assets are held and assessment of whether the contractual terms of the
financial asset are solely payments of principal and interest on the principal amount
outstanding.
Assumptions and estimation of uncertainties:
Information about assumptions and estimation of uncertainties that have a significant risk
of resulting in a material adjustment in the year ending March 31, 2019 are included in the
following notes:
- Note x - impairment test of non-financial assets: key assumption underlying
recoverable amounts.
- Note x - useful life of property, plant, equipment and intangibles.
- Note xvii – recognition of deferred tax assets: availability of future taxable profit
against which carry forward deferred tax asset can be set off.
73 of 187
- Notes xx – recognition and measurement of provisions and contingencies: key
assumptions about the likelihood and magnitude of an outflow of resources.
- Note 33 – measurement of defined benefit obligations: key actuarial assumptions.
- Note 34C – determination of the fair value of financial instruments with significant
unobservable inputs.
- Note 35A(iii) – impairment of financial instruments: assessment of whether credit risk
on the financial asset has increased significantly since initial recognition and
incorporation of forward-looking information in the measurement of expected credit
loss (ECL).
- Note 35A(iii) – impairment of financial instruments: key assumptions used in
estimating recoverable cash flows.
v. Interest
Interest consists of consideration for the time value of money, for the credit risk
associated with the principal amount outstanding during a particular period of time and
for other basic lending risks and costs, as well as a profit margin.
Interest income and expense are recognised using the effective interest method. The
effective interest rate (EIR) is the rate that exactly discounts estimated future cash flows
through the expected life of the financial instrument to the gross carrying amount of the
financial asset or amortised cost of the financial liability.
The calculation of the EIR includes all fees paid or received that are incremental and
directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of a financial asset or liability.
The interest income is calculated by applying the EIR to the gross carrying amount of
non-credit impaired financial assets (i.e. at the amortised cost of the financial asset before
adjusting for any expected credit loss allowance). For credit-impaired financial assets the
interest income is calculated by applying the EIR to the amortised cost of the
credit-impaired financial assets {i.e. at the amortised cost of the financial asset after
74 of 187
adjusting for any expected credit loss allowance (ECLs)}. The Company assesses the
collectability of the interest on credit impaired assets at each reporting date. Based on
the outcome of such assessment, the Interest income accrued on credit impaired financial
assets are either accounted for as income or written off as per the write off policy of the
Company.
The interest cost is calculated by applying the EIR to the amortised cost of the financial
liability.
The ‘amortised cost’ of a financial asset or financial liability is the amount at which the
financial asset or financial liability is measured on initial recognition minus the principal
repayments, plus or minus the cumulative amortisation using the effective interest
method of any difference between that initial amount and the maturity amount and, for
financial assets, adjusted for any expected credit loss allowance.
The ‘gross carrying amount of a financial asset’ is the amortised cost of a financial asset
before adjusting for any expected credit loss allowance.
vi. Income from services and distribution of financial products
Fees for financial advisory services are accounted as and when the service is rendered
provided there is reasonable certainty of its ultimate realisation.
vii. Dividend income
Income from dividend on investment in equity shares of corporate bodies and units of
mutual funds is accounted when the Company’s right to receive dividend is established.
viii. Leases
Leases are classified as operating lease where significant portion of risks and reward of
ownership of assets acquired under lease is retained by the lessor. Leases of assets under
which substantially all of the risks and rewards of ownership are effectively retained by
the lessee are classified as finance lease.
75 of 187
Lease rental - under operating leases (excluding amount for services such as insurance and
maintenance) are recognised on a straight-line basis over the lease term, except for
increase in line with expected inflationary cost.
ix. Financial Instruments
Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised in the Company’s balance sheet on
trade date when the Company becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the
instrument. Loan is recorded upon remittance of the funds.
Recognised financial assets and financial liabilities are initially measured at fair value.
Transaction costs and revenues that are directly attributable to the acquisition or issue of
financial assets and financial liabilities (other than financial assets and financial liabilities
measured at FVTPL) are added to or deducted from the fair value of the financial assets or
financial liabilities, as appropriate, on initial recognition. Transaction costs and revenues
directly attributable to the acquisition of financial assets or financial liabilities at FVTPL are
recognised immediately in the Statement of Profit or Loss.
If the transaction price differs from fair value at initial recognition, the Company will
account for such difference as follows:
a) if fair value is evidenced by a quoted price in an active market for an identical asset or
liability or based on a valuation technique that uses only data from observable markets,
then the difference is recognised in profit or loss on initial recognition (i.e. day 1 profit or
loss);
b) in all other cases, the fair value will be adjusted to bring it in line with the transaction
price (i.e. day 1 profit or loss will be deferred by including it in the initial carrying amount
of the asset or liability).
After initial recognition, the deferred gain or loss will be released to profit or loss on a
rational basis, only to the extent that it arises from a change in a factor (including time)
that market participants would take into account when pricing the asset or liability.
76 of 187
a) Financial assets
Classification
On initial recognition, depending on the Company’s business model for managing the
financial assets and its contractual cash flow characteristics, a financial asset is classified as
measured at;
1) amortised cost;
2) fair value through other comprehensive income (FVTOCI); or
3) fair value through profit and loss (FVTPL).
Initial recognition and measurement
Financial asset is recognised on trade date initially at cost of acquisition net of transaction
cost and income that is attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Cost equates
the fair value on acquisition. Financial asset measured at amortised cost and Financial
asset measured at fair value through other comprehensive income is presented at gross
carrying value in the Financial statements. Unamortised transaction cost and incomes and
impairment allowance on Financial asset is shown separately under the heading "Other
non-financial asset", “Other non-financial liability" and "Provisions" respectively.
Assessment of Business model
An assessment of the applicable business model for managing financial assets is
fundamental to the classification of a financial asset. The Company determines the
business models at a level that reflects how financial assets are managed together to
achieve a particular business objective. The Company’s business model does not depend
on management’s intentions for an individual instrument, therefore the business model
assessment is performed at a higher level of aggregation rather than on an
instrument-by-instrument basis.
The Company could have more than one business model for managing its financial
instruments which reflect how the Company manages its financial assets in order to
77 of 187
generate cash flows. The Company’s business models determine whether cash flows will
result from collecting contractual cash flows, selling financial assets or both.
The Company considers all relevant information available when making the business
model assessment. The Company takes into account all relevant evidence available such
as:
1) how the performance of the business model and the financial assets held within that
business model are evaluated and reported to the entity’s key management personnel
and board of directors;
2) the risks that affect the performance of the business model (and the financial assets
held within that business model) and, in particular, the way in which those risks are
managed;
3) how managers of the business are compensated (e.g. whether the compensation is
based on the fair value of the assets managed or on the contractual cash flows collected)
4) At initial recognition of a financial asset, the Company determines whether newly
recognised financial assets are part of an existing business model or whether they reflect
the commencement of a new business model. The Company reassesses its business
models each reporting period to determine whether the business model/(s) have changed
since the preceding period. For the current and prior reporting period the Company has
not identified a change in its business model.
Based on the assessment of the business models, the Company has identified the three
following choices of classification of financial assets:
a) Financial assets that are held within a business model whose objective is to collect the
contractual cash flows ("Asset held to collect contractual cash-flows"), and that have
contractual cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest on the
principal amount outstanding (SPPI), are measured at amortised cost;
78 of 187
b) Financial assets that are held within a business model whose objective is both to
collect the contractual cash flows and to sell the assets, ("Contractual cash flows of
Asset collected through hold and sell model") and that have contractual cash flows
that are SPPI, are measured at FVTOCI.
c) All other financial assets (e.g. managed on a fair value basis, or held for sale) and
equity investments are measured at FVTPL.
Financial asset at amortised cost
Amortised cost of financial asset is calculated by taking into account any discount or
premium on acquisition and fees or costs that are an integral part of the EIR. For the
purpose of SPPI test, principal is the fair value of the financial asset at initial recognition.
That principal amount may change over the life of the financial asset (e.g. if there are
repayments of principal). Contractual cash flows that do not introduce exposure to risks or
volatility in the contractual cash flows on account of changes such as equity prices or
commodity prices and are related to a basic lending arrangement, do give rise to SPPI. An
originated or an acquired financial asset can be a basic lending arrangement irrespective
of whether it is a loan in its legal form.
The EIR amortisation is included in finance income in the Statement of Profit and Loss. The
losses arising from impairment are recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss.
Financial asset at fair value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVTOCI)
After initial measurement, basis assessment of the business model as "Contractual cash
flows of Asset collected through hold and sell model and SPPI", such financial assets are
classified to be measured at FVTOCI. Contractual cash flows that do introduce exposure to
risks or volatility in the contractual cash flows due to changes such as equity prices or
commodity prices and are unrelated to a basic lending arrangement, do not give rise to
SPPI.
The EIR amortisation is included in finance income in the Statement of Profit and Loss. The
losses arising from impairment are recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss. The
79 of 187
carrying value of the financial asset is fair valued by discounting the contractual cash flows
over contractual tenure basis the internal rate of return of a new similar asset originated
in the month of reporting and such unrealised gain/loss is recorded in other
comprehensive income (OCI). Where such a similar product is not originated in the month
of reporting, the closest product origination is used as a proxy. Upon sale of the financial
asset, actual gain/loss realised is recorded in the Statement of Profit and Loss and the
unrealised gain/losses is recorded in OCI are recycled to the Statement of Profit and Loss.
Financial asset at fair value through profit and loss (FVTPL)
Financial asset, which does not meet the criteria for categorization at amortized cost or
FVTOCI, is classified as at FVTPL. In addition, the Company may elect to classify a financial
asset, which otherwise meets amortized cost or FVTOCI criteria, as FVTPL. However, such
election is allowed only if doing so reduces or eliminates a measurement or recognition
inconsistency (referred to as ‘accounting mismatch’). Financial assets included within the
FVTPL category are measured at fair value with all changes recognized in the Statement of
Profit and Loss.
Investment in equity and mutual fund
Investment in equity and mutual fund are classified as FVTPL and measured at fair value
with all changes recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss. Upon initial recognition,
the Company, on an instrument-by-instrument basis, may elect to classify equity
instruments other than held for trading either as FVTOCI or FVTPL. Such election is
subsequently irrevocable. If FVTOCI is elected, all fair value changes on the instrument,
excluding dividends, are recognized in OCI. There is no recycling of the gains or losses from
OCI to the Statement of Profit and Loss, even upon sale of investment. However, the
Company may transfer the cumulative gain or loss within other equity upon realisation.
Reclassifications within classes of financial assets
A change in the business model would lead to a prospective re-classification of the
financial asset and accordingly the measurement principles applicable to the new
80 of 187
classification will be applied. During the current financial year and previous accounting
period there was no change in the business model under which the Company holds
financial assets and therefore no reclassifications were made.
Impairment of Financial Asset
Impairment approach
The Company is required to recognise expected credit losses (ECLs) based on
forward-looking information for all financial assets at amortised cost, lease receivables,
debt financial assets at fair value through other comprehensive income, loan
commitments and financial guarantee contracts. No impairment loss is applicable on
equity investments.
At the reporting date, an allowance (or provision for loan commitments and financial
guarantees) is required for the 12 month ECLs. If the credit risk has significantly increased
since initial recognition (Stage 1), an allowance (or provision) should be recognised for the
lifetime ECLs for financial instruments for which the credit risk has increased significantly
since initial recognition (Stage 2) or which are credit impaired (Stage 3).
The measurement of ECL is calculated using three main components: (i) probability of
default (PD) (ii) loss given default (LGD) and (iii) the exposure at default (EAD). The 12
month ECL is calculated by multiplying the 12 month PD, LGD and the EAD. The 12 month
and lifetime PDs represent the PD occurring over the next 12 months and the remaining
maturity of the instrument respectively. The EAD represents the expected balance at
default, taking into account the repayment of principal and interest from the balance
sheet date to the default event together with any expected drawdowns of committed
facilities. The LGD represents expected losses on the EAD given the event of default, taking
into account, among other attributes, the mitigating effect of collateral value at the time it
is expected to be realised and the time value of money.
81 of 187
The Company applies a three-stage approach to measure ECL on financial assets
accounted for at amortised cost and FVTOCI. Assets migrate through the following three
stages based on the change in credit quality since initial recognition.
1. Stage 1: 12-months ECL
For exposures where there has not been a significant increase in credit risk since initial
recognition and that are not credit impaired upon origination, the portion of the lifetime
ECL associated with the probability of default events occurring within the next 12 months
is recognised. Exposures with days past due (DPD) less than or equal to 29 days are
classified as stage 1. The determination of 12 month ECL is based on the internal rating
mapped to external Crisil rating wherever external ratings are available since there is no
observed default basis internal data to determine probability of default. Where external
rating are not available, such accounts are considered to be BBB rated which is the
average observed rating of the portfolio. Internal rating better than BB, BB+ or BB-ve is
considered as stage 1.
2. Stage 2: Lifetime ECL – not credit impaired
For credit exposures where there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial
recognition but that are not credit impaired, a lifetime ECL is recognised. Exposures with
DPD equal to 30 days but less than or equal to 89 days are classified as stage 2. At each
reporting date, the Company assesses whether there has been a significant increase in
credit risk for financial asset since initial recognition by comparing the risk of default
occurring over the expected life between the reporting date and the date of initial
recognition. Internal rating equal to BB, BB+ or BB-ve is considered as stage 2.
3. Stage 3: Lifetime ECL – credit impaired
Financial asset is assessed as credit impaired when one or more events that have a
detrimental impact on the estimated future cash flows of that asset have occurred. For
financial asset that have become credit impaired, a lifetime ECL is recognised on principal
82 of 187
outstanding as at period end. Exposures with DPD equal to or more than 90 days are
classified as stage 3. Internal rating equal to D is considered as stage 3.
A loan that has been renegotiated due to a deterioration in the borrower’s condition is
usually considered to be credit-impaired unless there is evidence that the risk of not
receiving contractual cash flows has reduced significantly and there are no other
indicators of impairment. ECL is recognised on EAD as at period end. If the terms of a
financial asset are renegotiated or modified due to financial difficulties of the borrower,
then such asset is moved to stage 3, lifetime ECL under stage 3 on the outstanding amount
is applied.
The Company assesses when a significant increase in credit risk has occurred based on
quantitative and qualitative assessments. Exposures are considered to have resulted in a
significant increase in credit risk and are moved to Stage 2 when:
1. Quantitative test: Accounts that are 30 calendar days or more past due move to
Stage 2 automatically. Accounts that are 90 calendar days or more past due move to
Stage 3 automatically.
2. Qualitative test: Accounts that meet the portfolio’s ‘high risk’ criteria and are subject
to closer credit monitoring. High risk customers may not be in arrears but either
through an event or an observed behaviour exhibit credit distress.
3. Reversal in Stages: Exposures will move back to Stage 2 or Stage 1 respectively, once
they no longer meet the quantitative criteria set out above. For exposures classified
using the qualitative test, when they no longer meet the criteria for a significant
increase in credit risk and when any cure criteria used for credit risk management are
met
The definition of default for the purpose of determining ECLs has been aligned to the
Reserve Bank of India definition of default, which considers indicators that the debtor is
unlikely to pay and is no later than when the exposure is more than 90 days past due.
83 of 187
The Company continues to incrementally provide for the asset post initial recognition in
Stage 3, based on its estimate of the recovery.
The measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting
date are based on historical experience, current conditions, reasonable and supportable
forecasts. The measurement of ECL involves increased complexity and judgement,
including estimation of PDs, LGD, a range of unbiased future economic scenarios,
estimation of expected lives and estimation of EAD and assessing significant increases in
credit risk.
Inputs, assumptions and estimation techniques used for estimating ECL:
Refer note 35A(iii)
Impairment of Trade receivables
Impairment allowance on trade receivables is made on the basis of life time credit loss
method, in addition to specific provision considering the uncertainty of recoverability of
certain receivables.
Modification and De-recognition of financial assets
Modification of financial assets
A modification of a financial asset occurs when the contractual terms governing the cash
flows of a financial asset are renegotiated or otherwise modified between initial
recognition and maturity of the financial asset. A modification affects the amount and/or
timing of the contractual cash flows either immediately or at a future date. The Company
renegotiates loans to customers in financial difficulty to maximise collection and minimise
the risk of default. A loan forbearance is granted in cases where although the borrower
made all reasonable efforts to pay under the original contractual terms, there is a high risk
of default or default has already happened and the borrower is expected to be able to
meet the revised terms. The revised terms in most of the cases include an extension of the
maturity of the loan, changes to the timing of the cash flows of the loan (principal and
84 of 187
interest repayment), reduction in the amount of cash flows due (principal and interest
forgiveness). Such accounts are classified as stage 3 immediately upon such modification
in the terms of the contract.
Not all changes in terms of loans are considered as renegotiation and changes in terms of
a class of obligors that are not overdue is not considered as renegotiation and is not
subjected to deterioration in staging.
De-recognition of financial assets
A financial asset (or, where applicable, a part of a financial asset or part of a group of
similar financial assets) is derecognised when:
1) the rights to receive cash flows from the asset have expired, or
2) the Company has transferred its rights to receive cash flows from the asset and
substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, or the Company has neither
transferred nor retained substantially all the risks and rewards of the asset, but has
transferred control of the asset
If the Company retains substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of a transferred
financial asset, the Company continues to recognise the financial asset and also recognises
a collateralised borrowing for the proceeds received.
Write-off
Impaired loans and receivables are written off, against the related allowance for loan
impairment on completion of the Company’s internal processes and when the Company
concludes that there is no longer any realistic prospect of recovery of part or all of the
loan. For loans that are individually assessed for impairment, the timing of write off is
determined on a case by case basis. A write-off constitutes a de-recognition event. The
Company has a right to apply enforcement activities to recover such written off financial
assets. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are credited to the
income statement.
85 of 187
Presentation of ECL allowance for financial asset:
Type of Financial asset Disclosure
Financial asset measured at amortised
cost
shown separately under the head
“provisions” and not as a deduction from the
gross carrying amount of the assets Financial assets measured at FVTOCI
Loan commitments and financial
guarantee contracts
shown separately under the head
“provisions”
Where a financial instrument includes both a drawn and an undrawn component and the
Company cannot identify the ECL on the loan commitment separately from those on the
drawn component, the Company presents a combined loss allowance for both
components under “provisions”.
Financial liability, Equity and Compound Financial Instruments
Financial liabilities and equity
Debt and equity instruments that are issued are classified as either financial liabilities or as
equity in accordance with the substance of the contractual arrangement.
Financial liabilities
A financial liability is a contractual obligation to deliver cash or another financial asset or
to exchange financial assets or financial liabilities with another entity under conditions
that are potentially unfavourable to the Company or a contract that will or may be settled
in the Company’s own equity instruments and is a non-derivative contract for which the
Company is or may be obliged to deliver a variable number of its own equity instruments,
or a derivative contract over own equity that will or may be settled other than by the
exchange of a fixed amount of cash (or another financial asset) for a fixed number of the
Company’s own equity instruments.
86 of 187
Classification
The Company classifies its financial liability as "Financial liability measured at amortised
cost" except for those classified as financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit
and loss (FVTPL).
Initial recognition and measurement
Financial liability is recognised initially at cost of acquisition net of transaction costs and
incomes that is attributable to the acquisition of the financial liability. Cost equates the
fair value on acquisition. Company may irrevocably designate a financial liability that meet
the amortised cost as measured at FVTPL if doing so eliminates or significantly reduces an
accounting mismatch (referred to as the fair value option).
De-recognition of financial liabilities
The Company derecognises financial liabilities when, and only when, the Company’s
obligations are discharged, cancelled or have expired. The difference between the carrying
amount of the financial liability derecognised and the consideration paid and payable is
recognised in profit or loss.
Equity
An equity instrument is any contract that evidences a residual interest in the assets of an
entity after deducting all of its liabilities. Equity instruments issued by the Company are
recognised at the proceeds received, net of direct issue costs. A conversion option that
will be settled by the exchange of a fixed amount of cash or another financial asset for a
fixed number of the Company’s own equity instruments is an equity instrument.
No gain/loss is recognised in profit or loss on the purchase, sale, issue or cancellation of
the Company’s own equity instruments.
87 of 187
b) Cash, Cash equivalents and bank balances
Cash, Cash equivalents and bank balances include fixed deposits, margin money deposits,
and earmarked balances with banks are carried at amortised cost. Short term and liquid
investments being subject to more than insignificant risk of change in value, are not
included as part of cash and cash equivalents.
x. Property, plant and equipment
a. Tangible
Tangible property, plant and equipment (PPE) acquired by the Company are reported at
acquisition cost less accumulated depreciation and accumulated impairment losses, if
any. The acquisition cost includes any cost attributable for bringing asset to its working
condition net of tax/duty credits availed, which comprises of purchase consideration,
other directly attributable costs of bringing the assets to their working condition for their
intended use. PPE is recognised when it is probable that future economic benefits
associated with the item will flow to the Company and the cost of the item can be
measured reliably.
b. Capital work-in-progress
PPE not ready for the intended use on the date of the Balance Sheet are disclosed as
“capital work-in-progress” and carried at cost, comprising direct cost, related incidental
expenses and attributable interest.
c. Intangible
Intangible assets are recognised when it is probable that the future economic benefits that
are attributable to the asset will flow to the enterprise and the cost of the asset can be
measured reliably. Intangible assets are stated at original cost net of tax/duty credits
availed, if any, less accumulated amortisation and cumulative impairment. Administrative
and other general overhead expenses that are specifically attributable to acquisition of
intangible assets are allocated and capitalised as a part of the cost of the intangible assets.
88 of 187
Expenses on software support and maintenance are charged to the Statement of Profit
and Loss during the year in which such costs are incurred.
d. Intangible assets under development
Intangible assets not ready for the intended use on the date of Balance Sheet are disclosed
as “Intangible assets under development”.
e. Depreciation and Amortisation
Depreciable amount for tangible property, plant and equipment is the cost of an asset, or
other amount substituted for cost, less its estimated residual value.
Depreciation on tangible property, plant and equipment deployed for own use has been
provided on the straight-line method as per the useful life prescribed in Schedule II to the
Companies Act, 2013 except in respect of Buildings, Computer Equipment, networking
assets and Vehicles, in whose case the life of the assets has been assessed based on the
nature of the asset, the estimated usage of the asset, the operating conditions of the
asset, past history of replacement, etc. Depreciation method is reviewed at each financial
year end to reflect expected pattern of consumption of the future economic benefits
embodied in the asset. The estimated useful life and residual values are also reviewed at
each financial year end with the effect of any change in the estimates of useful
life/residual value is accounted on prospective basis. Depreciation for additions
to/deductions from, owned assets is calculated pro rata to the remaining period of use.
Depreciation charge for impaired assets is adjusted in future periods in such a manner that
the revised carrying amount of the asset is allocated over its remaining useful life. All
capital assets with individual value less than Rs. 5,000 are depreciated fully in the year in
which they are purchased.
Purchased software / licenses are amortised over the estimated useful life during which
the benefits are expected to accrue, while Goodwill if any is tested for impairment at each
Balance Sheet date. The method of amortisation and useful life are reviewed at the end of
each accounting year with the effect of any changes in the estimate being accounted for
89 of 187
on a prospective basis. Amortisation on impaired assets is provided by adjusting the
amortisation charge in the remaining periods so as to allocate the asset’s revised carrying
amount over its remaining useful life.
Estimated useful life considered by the Company are:
Asset Estimated Useful Life
Computer Equipment Owned: 3 to 4 years
Office Equipment Owned: 5 years
Vehicles Owned: 4 years
Investment Property 25 years
f. Investment property
Properties held to earn rentals and/or capital appreciation are classified as Investment
properties and measured and reported at cost, including transaction costs. When the use
of an existing property changes from owner-occupied to investment property, the
property is reclassified as investment property at its carrying amount on the date of
reclassification.
An investment property is derecognised upon disposal or when the investment property is
permanently withdrawn from use and no future economic benefits are expected from the
disposal. Any gain or loss arising on de-recognition of property is recognised in the
Statement of Profit and Loss in the same period.
g. Impairment of assets
Upon an observed trigger or at the end of each accounting year, the Company reviews the
carrying amounts of its PPE, investment property and intangible asset to determine
whether there is any indication that the asset have suffered an impairment loss. If such
indication exists, the PPE, investment property and intangible assets are tested for
impairment so as to determine the impairment loss, if any.
90 of 187
Impairment loss is recognised when the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its
recoverable amount. Recoverable amount is the higher of fair value less costs of disposal
and value in use. In assessing value in use, the estimated future cash flows are discounted
to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market
assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset for which the
estimates of future cash flows have not been adjusted.
If recoverable amount of an asset is estimated to be less than its carrying amount, such
deficit is recognised immediately in the Statement of Profit and Loss as impairment loss
and the carrying amount of the asset is reduced to its recoverable amount.
When an impairment loss subsequently reverses, the carrying amount of the asset is
increased to the revised estimate of its recoverable amount, so that the increased carrying
amount does not exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined had no
impairment loss is recognised for the asset in prior years. A reversal of an impairment loss
is recognised immediately in the Statement of Profit and Loss.
h. De-recognition of property, plant and equipment and intangible asset
An item of property, plant and equipment is derecognised upon disposal or when no
future economic benefits are expected to arise from the continued use of the asset. Any
gain or loss arising on the disposal or retirement of an item of property, plant and
equipment is determined as the difference between the sales proceeds and the carrying
amount of the asset and is recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss. An intangible
asset is derecognised on disposal, or when no future economic benefits are expected from
use or disposal. Gains or losses arising from de-recognition of an intangible asset,
measured as the difference between the net disposal proceeds and the carrying amount
of the asset, are recognised in the Statement of Profit and Loss.
xi. Non-Current Assets held for sale: Non-current assets are classified as held for sale if
their carrying amount is intended to be recovered principally through a sale (rather than
through continuing use) when the asset is available for immediate sale in its present
condition subject only to terms that are usual and customary for sale of such asset and
91 of 187
the sale is highly probable and is expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale
within one year from the date of classification.
Non-current assets classified as held for sale are measured at lower of their carrying
amount and fair value less costs to sell.
xii. Employee Benefits
Defined Employee benefits include provident fund, superannuation fund, employee state
insurance scheme.
Defined contribution benefits includes gratuity fund, compensated absences, long service
awards and post-employment medical benefits.
Defined contribution plans
The eligible employees of the Company are entitled to receive benefits under the
provident fund, a defined contribution plan, in which both employees and the Company
make monthly contributions at a specified percentage of the covered employees’ salary
(currently 12% of employees’ salary), which is recognised as an expense in the Statement
of Profit and Loss in the year in which they occur. These contributions to Provident fund
are administered by the Regional Provident Fund Commissioner. The Company is generally
liable for annual contributions and any deficiency in interest cost compared to interest
computed based on the rate of interest declared by the Central Government under the
employee provident scheme, 1952 is recognised as an expense in the year in which it is
determined.
The Company's contribution to superannuation fund and employee state insurance
scheme are considered as defined contribution plans and are charged as an expense in the
Statement of Profit and Loss based on the amount of contribution required to be made
and when services are rendered by the employees.
92 of 187
Defined benefit plans
For defined benefit plans in the form of gratuity, the cost of providing benefits is
determined using the Projected Unit Credit method, with actuarial valuations being
carried out at each Balance Sheet date. Re-measurement of the net defined benefit
liability, which comprise actuarial gains and losses, the return on plan assets (excluding
interest) and the effect of the asset ceiling (if any, excluding interest), are recognised
immediately in OCI. Past service cost is recognised immediately to the extent that the
benefits are already vested and otherwise is amortised on a straight-line basis over the
average period until the benefits become vested. The retirement benefit obligation
recognised in the Balance Sheet represents the present value of the defined benefit
obligation as adjusted for unrecognised past service cost, as reduced by the fair value of
scheme assets. Any asset resulting from this calculation is limited to past service cost, plus
the present value of available refunds and reductions in future contributions to the
schemes.
Short-term employee benefits
The undiscounted amount of short-term employee benefits expected to be paid in
exchange for the services rendered by employees are recognised during the year when the
employees render the service. These benefits include performance incentive and
compensated absences which are expected to occur within twelve months after the end of
the year in which the employee renders the related service.
The cost of short-term compensated absences is accounted as under:
(a) in case of accumulated compensated absences, when employees render the services
that increase their entitlement of future compensated absences; and
(b) in case of non-accumulating compensated absences, when the absences occur.
93 of 187
Long-term employee benefits
Compensated absences which are not expected to occur within twelve months after the
end of the year in which the employee renders the related service are recognised as a
liability at the present value of the defined benefit obligation as at the balance sheet date
less the fair value of the plan assets out of which the obligations are expected to be
settled. Long term service awards are recognised as a liability at the present value of the
defined benefit obligation as at the balance sheet date.
Share based payment transaction
The stock options of the Parent Company are granted to employees pursuant to the
Company’s Stock Options Schemes, are measured at the fair value of the options at the
grant date. The amount recognised as expense is based on the estimate of the number of
options for which the related service and non-market and non-market vesting conditions
are expected to be met, such that the amount ultimately recognised as an expense is
based on the number of options that do meet the related service and non-market vesting
conditions at the vesting date. For share-based options with non-vesting conditions, the
grant date fair value of the share-based payment is measured to reflect such conditions
and there is no true-up for differences between expected and actual outcomes. The fair
value of the options is treated as discount and accounted as employee compensation cost
over the vesting period on a straight line basis. The amount recognised as expense in each
year is arrived at based on the number of grants expected to vest. If a grant lapses after
the vesting period, the cumulative discount recognised as an expense in respect of such
grant is transferred to the general reserve within other equity, which a free reserve in
nature.
xiii. Securities premium account
The Company records premium on issuance of new equity shares above par value. The
issue expenses of securities which qualify as equity instruments are written off against
securities premium account.
94 of 187
xiv. Foreign currencies transactions
Transactions in currencies other than the Company’s functional currency are recorded on
initial recognition using the exchange rate at the transaction date. At each Balance Sheet
date, foreign currency monetary items are reported at the rates prevailing at the year end.
Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in foreign currency are
not retranslated.
Exchange differences that arise on settlement of monetary items or on reporting of
monetary items at each Balance Sheet date at the closing spot rate are recognised in the
Statement of Profit and Loss in the period in which they arise.
xv. Operating Segments
The Company is engaged in the business of providing loans to corporate borrowers in India
in the solar, windmill & other infrastructure space. The Chief Operating Decision Maker
(CODM) of the Company is the Board of Directors.
xvi. Earnings per share
Basic earnings per share has been computed by dividing the net income by the weighted
average number of shares outstanding during the year. Partly paid up equity share is
included as fully paid equivalent according to the fraction paid up.
Diluted earnings per share has been computed using the weighted average number of
shares and dilutive potential shares, except where the result would be anti-dilutive
xvii. Taxation
Income Tax
Income tax expense comprises current and deferred taxes. Income tax expense is
recognized in the Statement of Profit and Loss, other comprehensive income or directly in
equity when they relate to items that are recognized in the respective line items.
95 of 187
Current Tax
Current tax comprises the expected tax payable or receivable on the taxable income or
loss for the year and any adjustment to the tax payable or receivable in respect of
previous years. The amount of current tax reflects the best estimate of the tax amount
expected to be paid or received after considering the uncertainty, if any, related to income
taxes. It is measured using tax rates (and tax loss) enacted or substantively enacted by the
reporting date.
Current tax asset and liabilities are offset only if there is a legally enforceable right to set
off the recognised amounts and it is intended to realise the asset and settle the liability on
a net basis or simultaneously.
Deferred Tax
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences of
temporary differences between the carrying values of assets and liabilities and their
respective tax bases, and unutilized business loss and depreciation carry-forwards and tax
credits. Deferred tax assets are recognized to the extent that it is probable that future
taxable income will be available against which the deductible temporary differences,
unused tax losses, depreciation carry-forwards and unused tax credits could be utilized.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured based on the tax rates that are expected
to apply in the period when the asset is realized or the liability is settled, based on tax
rates and tax laws that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet
date.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set
off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when they relate to income taxes
levied by the same taxation authority and the Company intends to settle its current tax
assets and liabilities on a net basis.
96 of 187
xviii. Goods and Services Input Tax Credit
Goods and Services tax input credit is accounted for in the books in the period in which
the supply of goods or service received is accounted and when there is no uncertainty in
availing/utilising the credits.
xix. Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets
Provisions are recognised only when:
(i) an entity has a present obligation (legal or constructive) as a result of a past event; and
(ii) it is probable that an outflow of resources embodying economic benefits will be
required to settle the obligation; and
(iii) a reliable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation
Provision is measured using the cash flows estimated to settle the present obligation and
when the effect of time value of money is material, the carrying amount of the provision is
the present value of those cash flows. Reimbursement expected in respect of expenditure
required to settle a provision is recognised only when it is virtually certain that the
reimbursement will be received.
Contingent liability is disclosed in case of:
(i) a present obligation arising from past events, when it is not probable that an outflow
of resources will be required to settle the obligation; and
(ii) a present obligation arising from past events, when no reliable estimate is possible.
Contingent assets are disclosed where an inflow of economic benefits is probable.
Provisions, contingent liabilities and contingent assets are reviewed at each Balance Sheet
date.
Where the unavoidable costs of meeting the obligations under the contract exceed the
economic benefits expected to be received under such contract, the present obligation
under the contract is recognised and measured as a provision.
Contingent assets are not recognised in the financial statements
97 of 187
xx. Commitments
Commitments are future liabilities for contractual obligation, classified and disclosed as
follows:
a) estimated amount of contracts remaining to be executed on capital account and not
provided for;
b) other non-cancellable commitments, if any, to the extent they are considered material
and relevant in the opinion of management.
c) other commitments related to sales/procurements made in the normal course of
business are not disclosed to avoid excessive details.
d) commitments under Loan agreement to disburse Loans
xxi. Statement of Cash Flows
Statement of Cash Flows is prepared segregating the cash flows into operating, investing
and financing activities. Cash flow from operating activities is reported using indirect
method adjusting the net profit for the effects of:
i. changes during the period in operating receivables and payables transactions of a
non-cash nature;
ii. non-cash items such as depreciation, provisions, deferred taxes, unrealised foreign
currency gains and losses, and undistributed profits of associates and joint ventures; and
iii. all other items for which the cash effects are investing or financing cash flows.
Cash and cash equivalents (including bank balances) shown in the Statement of Cash Flows
exclude items which are not available for general use as on the date of Balance Sheet.
xxii. Dividend payable (including dividend distribution tax)
Interim dividend declared to equity shareholders, if any, is recognised as liability in the
period in which the said dividend has been declared by the Directors. Final dividend
declared, if any, is recognised in the period in which the said dividend has been approved
by the Shareholders.
98 of 187
xxiii. Standard issued and applicable from April 1, 2019:
Ind AS 116 Leases:
The new standard has impact on accounting treatment of an asset taken on lease by the
Company. The Company has to measure a right-of-use of asset similar to other
non-financial asset such as property, plant and equipment and lease liability similar to
other financial liability. As a consequence, the Company will recognise the depreciation of
right-of-use asset and interest on the lease liability, and also classify cash repayments of
the lease liability into a principal portion and an interest portion and present them in the
statement of cash flows applying Ind AS 7, Statement of Cash Flows. Under Ind AS 17, for
operating lease, the Company is required to recognise the lease payment as an expense
on a straight-line basis unless another systematic basis is representative of the time
pattern of the user’s benefit.
The Company is evaluating the following list of policies, choices, exemptions and practical
expedients:
Area policy to be adopted
Definition of lease
term:
Grandfather its previous assessment of which existing contracts are, or
contain, leases on date of initial application (April 1, 2019). The definition
of lease under the new standard will only be applied prospectively
(including modifications to existing contracts).
Recognition
exemption – short
term leases:
avail exemption on short term leases on transition and subsequently
Recognition
exemption – leases
of low value items:
avail exemption on leases of low value items on transition and
subsequently. Low value items may be considered as items with a value
of less than or equal to INR 5 lacs
Transition
approach:
elected to apply modified retrospective method for all leases. This means
that
99 of 187
- Right of use asset (ROU) would be measured as if standard had
always been applied but using incremental borrowing date on April
1, 2019
- Lease liability would be measured on April 1, 2019 as the present
value of the remaining lease payments and using incremental
borrowing rate on April 1, 2019
- Standard would be applied on April 1, 2019 and equity adjustment
(difference between the ROU asset and lease liability computed
above) would be recognised on April 1, 2019
- Comparative period would not be restated
- Disclosures to be made as applicable
Discount rates elected to apply a single discount rate to a portfolio of leases with
reasonably similar characteristics
Leases with a short
remaining term
elected to account for leases for which the lease term ends within 12
months of date of initial application (April 1, 2019) as short-term leases
Initial direct costs elected to exclude initial direct costs from measurement of right of use
asset on date of initial application (April 1, 2019)
Use of hindsight elected to use hindsight in estimating lease term if the contract contains
options to extend or terminate the lease
xxiv. FIRST TIME ADOPTION OF IND AS (read with note 2(i)
The Company has adopted Indian Accounting Standards (Ind AS) as notified by the
Ministry of Corporate Affairs with effect from April 1, 2018, with a transition date of April
1, 2017. The financial statements for the period ended March 31, 2019 are the first
financial statements, the Company has prepared under Ind AS. For all periods up to and
including the year ended March 31, 2018, the Company prepared its financial statements
in accordance with the accounting standards notified under the section 133 of the
Companies Act 2013, read together with paragraph 7 of the Companies (Accounts) Rules,
2014 (‘Previous GAAP’).
100 of 187
The adoption of Ind AS has been carried out in accordance with Ind AS 101, First-time
Adoption of Indian Accounting Standards. Ind AS 101 requires that all Ind AS standards
and interpretations that are issued and effective for the first Ind AS financial statements
be applied retrospectively and consistently for all financial years presented. Accordingly,
the Company has prepared financial statements which comply with Ind AS for the year
ended March 31, 2018 and the opening Ind AS Balance Sheet as at April 1, 2017, the date
of transition to Ind AS and also as at March 31, 2018.
In preparing these Ind AS financial statements, the Company has availed certain
exemptions and exceptions in accordance with Ind AS 101, as in Note 3. The resulting
difference between the carrying values of the assets and liabilities in the financial
statements as at the transition date under Ind AS and Previous GAAP have been
recognised directly in equity (retained earnings or another appropriate category of
equity). Note 3 explains the adjustments made by the Company in restating its financial
statements prepared under previous GAAP, including the Statement of Profit and Loss
account for the year ended March 31, 2018 and the Balance Sheet as at April 1, 2017 and
as at March 31, 2018.
101 of 187
3. EXPLANATION OF TRANSITION TO IND AS
(i) Equity reconciliation (Rs. in lakh)
As at
March 31, 2018
As at
April 1, 2017
Equity as reported under IGAAP 67,011 59,107
Adjusted for Ind AS transition
a Impairment allowance on financial asset measured at amortised cost and FVTOCI (347) (359)
b (1,228) (863)
c (2) -
d 445 184
e 3 1
f Net deferred tax asset on above adjustments 398 359
g Current tax adjustments (9)
Equity under Ind AS 66,271 58,429
(ii) Total Comprehensive income reconciliation (Rs. in lakh)
For the nine month
period ended
December 31, 2017
For the year ended
March 31,
2018
Net profit as reported under IGAAP 5,820 7,904
87 12
(25) (365)
(1) (2)
2 2
(17) (22)
2 26
Current tax adjustment (33) (9)
Net deferred tax asset on above adjustments 134 121
Net profit under Ind AS 5,969 7,667
(79) 261
Remeasurement of defined benefit obligation (2) (26)
Income tax relating to items that will be reclassified to profit or loss (91)
Income tax relating to items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss 9
Total Comprehensive Income under Ind AS 5,888 7,820
(iii) Reconciliation of Statement of Cash Flow
(iv) Exemption applied
For transition to Ind AS, the Company has elected to adopt as deemed cost, the carrying value of PPE and investment property measured as
per IGAAP less accumulated depreciation and cumulative impairment on the transition date of April 1, 2017
These financial statements have been prepared in accordance with Ind AS as notified by Ministry of Corporate Affairs ( the "MCA") under the
Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015 notified under Section 133 of the Companies Act, 2013 and other relevant provisions of
the Act.
In accordance with the notification issued by the MCA, the Company has adopted Indian Accounting Standards (referred to as “Ind AS”) notified
under the Companies (Indian Accounting Standards) Rules, 2015 with effect from April 1, 2018. Previous period have been restated to Ind AS. In
accordance with Ind AS 101 First-time Adoption of Indian Accounting Standard, the Company has presented a reconciliation from the
presentation of financial statements under Accounting Standards notified under the Companies (Accounting Standards) Rules, 2006 (“IGAAP”) to
Ind AS of Shareholders’ equity as at March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017 and of the comprehensive net income for the year ended March 31, 2018.
The Company has elected to apply Ind AS 103 Business Combinations retrospectively to past business combinations from April 1, 2013. Reconciliations between Previous GAAP and Ind AS
Add /(Less) :
Impact of EIR method on other financial asset
Net fair value gain on investment measured at FVTPL
Impact of EIR method on other financial asset
Net fair value gain on Investment measured at FVTPL
Impairment allowance on financial asset at amortised cost and FVTOCI
Impact of EIR method on financial asset at amortised cost and FVTOCI
Impact of EIR method on financial asset at amortised cost and FVTOCI
Unrealised net fair value gain on financial asset measured at FVTOCI
Particulars
Particulars
There are no material adjustments to the Statements of Cash Flows as reported under the Previous GAAP.
Remeasurement of defined benefit obligation
Unrealised net fair value gain on financial asset measured at FVTOCI
Amortisation of option fair value cost for equity settled ESOP's
102 of 187
TATA CLEANTECH CAPITAL LIMITED
3. EXPLANATION OF TRANSITION TO IND AS
Note V : Explanation to IND AS adjustments:
a. Fair valuation of investments
Under the previous GAAP, investments in equity instruments and mutual funds were classified
as long-term investments or current investments based on the intended holding period and
expected realisability. Long-term investments were carried at cost less provision for other than
temporary decline in the value of such investments. Current investments were carried at lower
of cost and fair value. Under Ind AS, these investments are required to be measured at fair
value. The resulting fair value changes of these investments (other than equity instruments
designated as FVOCI) have been recognised in retained earnings as at the date of transition
and subsequently in the profit or loss for the year ended March 31, 2018. Retained earnings
has increased by Rs. 3 lakh as at 31 March 31, 2018 (April 01, 2017 - Rs. 1 lakh). Consequent to
the above, the total equity as at March 31, 2018 decreased by Rs. 3 lakh (April 01, 2017 Rs. 1
lakh) and profit and other comprehensive income for the year ended March 31, 2018
decreased by Rs. 2 lakh respectively.
b. Fair valuation of security deposits
Under IGAAP, interest free security deposit given to landlord for premises rented, is recorded
as an asset. Under Ind AS, the security deposit is discounted based on the internal cost of
borrowings. The difference between the present value of the security deposit and the actual
value of the security deposit is recorded as prepaid rent. Interest income is recorded on the
security deposit as per Ind AS 109 and correspondingly prepaid rent is amortised over the life
of the security deposit as per Ind AS 17. Interest income net of rent expense recognised in the
Statement of Profit and Loss for the year ended March 31, 2018 is Rs. 2 lakh.
103 of 187
c. Impairment allowance on Financial Instruments at Amortised cost and trade receivables
Under IGAAP, the provisioning for standard loan assets (assets with days past due (dpd) less
than or equal to 89 days) is provided at 0.4% (0.35% as on March 31, 2017 for assets with dpd
less than or equal to 119 days) as prescribed by RBI norms. For NPA assets (assets with dpd
equal to 90 days or more as on March 31, 2018 and March 31, 2017 respectively), the
minimum provisioning is made as per the RBI norms and additional provisioning is made as per
management judgement and estimates. As per Ind AS 109, the company is required to apply
expected credit loss model for stage 1 assets (dpd less than or equal to 29 days), stage 2 assets
(dpd equal to 30 days and less than 89 days) and stage 3 assets (dpd equal to 90 days or more)
based on assessment of level of credit risk and recognise the impairment allowance on loans.
Under IGAAP, the provisioning for trade receivables is made based on the assessment of the
recovery from the receivables based on management judgement and estimates. Under Ind AS
109, based on the past trend of the write off's against the receivables, a provision is made at a
rate of average write off's over the past years as compared to the revenue recognised. Such
provision is in addition to provision made based on actual expected losses under IGAAP. As a
result, the impairment allowance increased by Rs. 347 lakh as at March 31, 2018 (April 01,
2017 Rs. 359 lakh). Consequently, the total equity as at March 31, 2018 decreased by Rs. 347
lakh (April 01, 2017 Rs. 359 lakh) and profit for the year ended March 31, 2018 increased by
Rs. 12 lakh.
d. Remeasurement of defined benefit obligation
Gain/Loss on remeasurement of defined benefit obligation is recognised as part of the gratuity
cost in the Statement of Profit and Loss under IGAAP. Under Ind AS, such gain/loss is
recognised under other comprehensive income statement along with consequent current tax
charge. Employee cost recorded in the Statement of Profit and Loss has increased by Rs. 26
lakh for the period ended as at 31 March 31, 2018 and corresponding other comprehensive
income has increased by Rs. 26 lakh.
104 of 187
e. Investment property
Under the previous GAAP, there was no concept of investment properties. Under Ind AS,
investment properties are required to be separately presented on the face of the balance
sheet. There is no impact on the total equity or profit as a result of this adjustment.
f. Employee share based payment adjustments
The grant date fair value of equity settled share-based payment options granted to employees
is recognised as an employee expense, with a corresponding increase in equity, over the
period that the employees unconditionally become entitled to the options. The amount
recognised as expense is based on the estimate of the number of options for which the related
service and non-market vesting conditions are expected to be met, such that the amount
ultimately recognised as an expense is based on the number of options that do meet the
related service and non-market vesting conditions at the vesting date. Employee cost recorded
in the Statement of Profit and Loss has increased by Rs. 22 lakh for the period ended as at 31
March 31, 2018 and a corresponding ESOP outstanding reserve is created of Rs. 22 lakh.
g. Interest as per effective interest rate on financial assets measured at amortised cost
Under IGAAP, processing fees is booked upfront and amortised over the contractual tenure.
Under Ind AS, such income is amortised over the behavioural tenure. As a result, the interest
income decreased by Rs. 1,228 lakh as at March 31, 2018 (April 01, 2017 Rs. 863 lakh).
Consequently, the total equity as at March 31, 2018 decreased by Rs. 1,228 lakh (April 01,
2017 Rs. 863 lakh) and profit for the year ended March 31, 2018 decreased by Rs. 365 lakh.
h. Other Comprehensive Income
Gain/Loss on remeasurement of defined benefit obligation is recognised as part of the gratuity
cost in the Statement of Profit and Loss under IGAAP. Under Ind AS, such gain/loss is
recognised under other comprehensive income statement along with consequent current tax
charge. Employee cost recorded in the Statement of Profit and Loss has increased by Rs. 26
lakh for the period ended as at 31 March 31, 2018 and corresponding other comprehensive
income has increased by Rs. 26 lakh. Accordingly the current tax has decreased in the
105 of 187
statement of profit and loss account by Rs. 9 lakh and increased in the statement of other
comprehensive income by Rs. 9 lakh.
i. Unrealised net fair value gain on financial asset measured at FVTOCI
Financial assets that are held within a business model whose objective is both to collect the
contractual cash flows and to sell the assets, ("Contractual cash flows of Asset collected
through hold and sell model") and that have contractual cash flows that are SPPI, are
measured at FVTOCI. As a result net financial asset are increased by Rs. 445 Lakh as at March
31, 2018 (April 1, 2017 Rs. 184 Lakh) and corresponding increase in other equity by Rs. 445
Lakh as at March 31, 2018 (April 1, 2017 Rs. 184 Lakh). Accordingly other comprehensive
income has increased by Rs.261 Lakh for the period ended March 31, 2018.
j. Tax effects of adjustments
Deferred tax asset/liability have been recognised on the adjustments made on transition to
Ind AS. Deferred tax asset has increased by Rs. 398 lakh as at 31 March 31, 2018 (April 01,
2017 - Rs. 359 lakh). Consequent to the above, the total equity as at March 31, 2018 increased
by Rs. 398 lakh (April 01, 2017 Rs. 359 lakh) and profit and other comprehensive income for
the year ended March 31, 2018 increased by Rs. 121 lakh and decreased by Rs.82 lakh
respectively.
106 of 187
A. Reconciliation of Balance Sheet as at March 31, 2018
(Rs. in lakh)
PARTICULARS Note Amount as per
IGAAP
Effects of
transition to
Ind AS
Amount as per
Ind AS
ASSETS
(1) Financial assets
(a) Cash and cash equivalents 711 - 711
(b) Receivables - -
(i) Trade receivables 23 - 23
(c) Loans 3(v)(c, i) 308,798 100 308,898
(d) Investments 3(v)(a) 38 3 41
(e) Other financial assets 3(v)(b) 360 (94) 266
Total financial assets 309,930 9 309,939
(2) Non-financial assets
(a) Current tax assets (net) 231 - 231
(b) Deferred tax assets (Net) 3(v)(k) 448 389 837
(c) Investment Property 246 - 246
(d) Property, plant and equipment 29 - 29
(e) Other non-financial assets 3(v)(b) 52 93 145
Total non-financial assets 1,006 482 1,488
Total Assets 310,936 491 311,427
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
LIABILITIES
(1) Financial liabilities
(a) Derivative financial instruments - - -
(b) Payables - -
(i) Trade payables 282 - 285
(c) Debt Securities 82,746 - 82,746
(d) Borrowings (Other than debt securities) 154,263 - 154,263
(e) Other financial liabilities 5,193 - 5,193
Total financial liabilities 242,484 - 242,487
(2) Non-Financial liabilities
(a) Current tax liabilities (Net) - - -
(b) Provisions 3(v)( i) 1,323 181 1,504
(c) Other non-financial liabilities 3(v)( g,i) 118 1,047 1,165
Total non-financial liabilities 1,441 1,228 2,669
(3) Equity
(a) Share capital 35,576 - 35,576
(b) Other equity 3(v) 31,435 (740) 30,695
Total Equity 67,011 (740) 66,271
Total Liabilities and Equity 310,936 488 311,427
- -
107 of 187
B. Reconciliation of Balance Sheet as at April 1, 2017
(Rs. in lakh)
PARTICULARS Note Amount as per
IGAAP
Effects of
transition to
Ind AS
Amount as per
Ind AS
ASSETS
(1) Financial assets
(a) Cash and cash equivalents 1,434 - 1,434
(b) Receivables - -
(i) Trade receivables 7 - 7
(c) Loans 3(v)(c, i) 199,885 31 199,916
(d) Investments 3(v)(a) 34 1 35
(e) Other financial assets 3(v)(b) 5 - 5
Total financial assets 201,365 32 201,397
(2) Non-financial assets
(a) Current tax assets (net) 146 - 146
(b) Deferred tax assets (Net) 3(v)(k) 268 357 625
(c) Investment Property 257 - 257
(d) Property, plant and equipment 25 - 25
(e) Other non-financial assets 3(v)(b) 42 - 42
Total non-financial assets 738 357 1,095
Total Assets 202,103 389 202,492
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
LIABILITIES
(1) Financial liabilities
(a) Derivative financial instruments - - -
(b) Payables - - -
(i) Trade payables 335 - 335
(c) Debt Securities 42,472 - 42,472
(d) Borrowings (Other than debt securities) 95,970 - 95,970
(e) Other financial liabilities 3,352 - 3,352
Total financial liabilities 142,129 - 142,129
(2) Non-Financial liabilities
(a) Current tax liabilities (Net) 23 - 23
(b) Provisions 3(v)( i) 783 297 1,080
(c) Other non-financial liabilities 3(v)( g,i) 61 770 831
Total non-financial liabilities 867 1,067 1,934
(3) Equity
(a) Share capital 35,576 - 35,576
(b) Other equity 3(v) 23,531 (678) 22,853
Total Equity 59,107 (678) 58,429
Total Liabilities and Equity 202,103 389 202,492
108 of 187
C. Reconciliation of profit or loss for the year ended March 31, 2018
(Rs. in lakh)
PARTICULARS Note Amount as per
IGAAP
Effects of
transition to
Ind AS
Amount as per
Ind AS
I Revenue from operations
(i) Interest Income 3(v)(b, c, i) 26,386 (356) 26,030
(ii) Fees and commission Income 1,149 - 1,149
(iii) Net gain on fair value changes 3(v)(a) 8 2 10
- - II Other income (to be specified) 21 - 21
III Total Income (I+II) 27,564 (354) 27,210
IV Expenses
Finance costs 13,272 - 13,272
Fees and commission expense - - -
Impairment on financial instruments 3(v)(c, i) 532 (12) 520
Employee benefit expenses 3(v)(d,f) 1,623 (4) 1,619
Depreciation and amortisation and impairment 24 - 24
Other expenses 3(v)(c) 869 11 880
Total expenses (IV) 16,320 (5) 16,315
V Profit before exceptional items and tax (III-IV) 11,244 (349) 10,895
VI Exceptional Items
VII Profit before tax (V-VI) 11,244 (349) 10,895
VIII Tax expense
(1) Current tax 3(v)(j) 3,521 9 3,530
(2) Deferred tax 3(v)(j) (181) (121) (302)
Net tax expense 3,340 (112) 3,228
IX Profit from continuing operations (VII-VIII) 7,904 (237) 7,667
X Profit from discontinued operations before tax - - -
XI Tax expense of discontinued operations - - -
XII Profit from discontinued operations (after tax) (X-XI) - - -
VII Profit for the year (V+VI) 7,904 (237) 7,667
VIII Other Comprehensive Income
(i) Items that will be reclassified subsequently to statement of
profit and loss
(b) Changes in fair values of investment in equities carried at fair value
through OCI
3(v)(i) - 261 261
(b) Income tax relating to items that will be reclassified to profit or loss 3(v)(j) - (91) (91)
(ii) Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to statement of
profit and loss
(a) Remeasurement of defined employee benefit plans 3(v)(h) - (26) (26)
(b) Income tax relating to items that will not be reclassified to profit or
loss
3(v)(h) - 9 9
Total Other Comprehensive Income/(Losses) (VIII) - 153 153
XI Total Comprehensive Income for the year (VII+VIII)(Comprising
Profit and Other Comprehensive Income for the year)
7,904 (84) 7,820
109 of 187
TATA CLEANTECH CAPITAL LIMITED
4 CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
(Rs. in lakh)
PARTICULARS
As at
March 31, 2019
As at
March 31, 2018
As at
April 1, 2017
(a) Cash on hand - - -
(b) Balances with banks in current accounts 16,784 711 1,434
(c) Cheques on hand - - -
(d) Balances with banks in deposits accounts 15,008 - -
Total 31,792 711 1,434
Note:
4.1
4.2
5 TRADE RECEIVABLES
(Rs. in lakh)
PARTICULARS
As at
March 31, 2019
As at
March 31, 2018
As at
April 1, 2017
(i) Receivables considered good - Secured - - -
(ii) Receivables considered good - Unsecured 34 23 7
(iii) Receivables which have significant increase in Credit Risk - - -
(iv) Receivables - credit impaired - - -
34 23 7
Less: Allowance for impairment loss - - -
Total 34 23 7
Of the above, the balance that meet the definition of Cash and Cash Equivalents as per Ind AS 7 Cash Flow Statement is Rs. 31,792
lakh (March 31, 2018 : Rs.711 lakh and April 1, 2017 : Rs : 1,434 lakh)
Balances with banks in deposits accounts are less than three months.
110 of 187
TATA CLEANTECH CAPITAL LIMITED
6 LOANS
L N R (Rs. in lakh)
PARTICULARS
Through Other
Comprehensive
Income
Through Other
Comprehensive
Income
Through Other
Comprehensive
Income
LOANS
(A)
(i) Bills Purchased and Bills discounted - - - - - - 970 - 970
(ii) Loans repayable on Demand - - - - - - - - -
(iii) Term Loans 413,976 60,930 474,906 267,220 33,121 300,341 174,044 16,390 190,434
(iv) Credit Substitutes 16,074 - 16,074 8,557 - 8,557 8,512 - 8,512
(v) Leasing and hire purchase - - - - - - - - -
(vi) Factoring - - - - - - - - -
(vii) Retained portion of assigned loans - - - - - - - - -
(viii) Inter - Company Deposits to related parties - - - - - - - - -
(ix) Loan to TCL Employee Welfare Trust - - - - - - - - -
Total (A) - Gross 430,050 60,930 490,980 275,777 33,121 308,898 183,526 16,390 199,916
(B)
(i) Secured by tangible assets 430,050 60,930 490,980 275,777 33,121 308,898 182,556 16,390 198,946
(ii) Secured by intangible assets - - - - - - - - -
(iii) Covered by Bank / Government Guarantees - - - - - - - - -
(iv) Unsecured - - - - - - 970 - 970
Total (B) - Gross 430,050 60,930 490,980 275,777 33,121 308,898 183,526 16,390 199,916
(C)
Loans in India
(i) Public Sector 7,463 - 7,463 - - - - - -
(ii) Others 422,587 60,930 483,517 275,777 33,121 308,898 183,526 16,390 199,916
Total (C) - Gross 430,050 60,930 490,980 275,777 33,121 308,898 183,526 16,390 199,916
At fair Value TotalAmortised
Cost
Amortised
Cost
At fair Value Total
As at March 31, 2019
Amortised
Cost
At fair Value Total
As at March 31, 2018 As at April 1, 2017
111 of 187
6 LOANS
L N R (Rs. in lakh)
PARTICULARS
Through Other
Comprehensive
Income
Through Other
Comprehensive
Income
Through Other
Comprehensive
Income
At fair Value TotalAmortised
Cost
Amortised
Cost
At fair Value Total
As at March 31, 2019
Amortised
Cost
At fair Value Total
As at March 31, 2018 As at April 1, 2017
(D)
Loans Stage wise
(i) Secured 429,438 60,930 490,368 274,996 33,121 308,117 182,591 16,390 198,981
(ii) Unsecured - - - - - - - - -
(iii) Significant increase in Credit Risk 612 - 612 781 - 781 935 - 935
(iv) Credit Impaired - - - - - - - - -
Total (D) - Gross 430,050 60,930 490,980 275,777 33,121 308,898 183,526 16,390 199,916
Note
6.1
6.2 Scrip-wise details of Credit Substitutes:
PARTICULARS
No. of Units At
Amortised
Cost
No. of Units At Amortised
Cost
No. of Units At Amortised
Cost
Secured Quoted :
Investment in Debentures (Trade)
11.50% Zuka Power Private Ltd 100,000 8,500 8,601 8,500 8,557 8,500 8,512
11.15 U. P. Power Corporation Ltd. 1,000,000 750 7,473 - - - -
(Inclusive of accrued interest)
Total 1,100,000 9,250 16,074 8,500 8,557 8,500 8,512
6.3 For disclosure of Net Carrying Value of Loans carried at amotised cost & FVTOCI refer note 35 A(i)(4)
As at April 01, 2017Face value
Per Unit
Rs
As at March 31, 2019 As at March 31, 2018
Investments in bonds, debentures and other financial assets which, in substance, form a part of the Company’s financing activities ("Credit Substitutes") have been classified under Loans. Management
believes that the current year’s classification results in a better presentation of the substance of these receivables and is in alignment with regulatory filings.
112 of 187
TATA CLEANTECH CAPITAL LIMITED
7 INVESTMENTS
(Rs. in lakh)
PARTICULARSAs at
March 31, 2019
As at
March 31, 2018
As at
April 1, 2017
Investents in India
Investments carried at fair value through profit or loss
Mutual Fund (Unquoted) 60 41 35
- Tata Money Market Fund (in lieu of leave encashment)
TOTAL 60 41 35
8 OTHER FINANCIAL ASSETS
(Rs. in lakh)
PARTICULARSAs at
March 31, 2019
As at
March 31, 2018
As at
April 1, 2017
(a) Security deposits 249 231 1
(b) Advances to employees 34 24 -
(c) Advances recoverable in cash or kind from related parties 3 11 4
(d) Other receivables 6 - -
Total 292 266 5
113 of 187
9. (i) INCOME TAXES
A The income tax expense consist of the following:
(Rs. in lakh)
PARTICULARS
Current tax:
Current tax expense for the year
Current tax expense / (benefit) pertaining to prior years
Deferred tax benefit
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
Change in tax rates
Total income tax expense recognised in the year
(Rs. in lakh)
PARTICULARS
Profit before income taxes
Indian statutory income tax rate
Expected income tax expense
Income exempt from tax
Non deductible expenses
Tax incentives
Tax on income at different rates
Impact of change in the expected tax rates on temporary differences
Change in tax rates
Total income tax expense
Note:
The Company's reconciliation of the effective tax rate is based on its domestic tax rate applicable to respective financial years.
B. Amounts recognised in OCI
(Rs. in lakh)
PARTICULARS
Before Tax Net of Before Tax Net of
tax (expense) tax tax (expense) tax
benefit benefit
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss
Remeasurements of defined benefit liability (asset) (28) 8 (20) (26) 9 (17)
Items that are or may be reclassified subsequently to
profit or loss
Net amount transferred to profit or loss 111 (39) 72 261 (91) 170
Total Amounts recognised in OCI 83 (31) 52 235 (82) 153
As at
March 31, 2018
Tax effect of adjustments to reconcile expected income tax expense to reported
income tax expense:
The reconciliation of estimated income tax expense at statutory income tax rate income tax expense reported in statement of profit
and loss is as follows:
22
-
3,771
34.608%
10,895
As at
March 31, 2018
-
(302)
3,228
13,737
As at
March 31, 2019
29.120%
(8)
3,519 3,228
-
- -
(120)
(565)
4,000
-
29
(382)
As at
March 31, 2019
4,248
-
4,248
(721)
(8)
(729)
3,519
As at
March 31, 2019
As at
March 31, 2018
3,530
-
3,530
(302)
114 of 187
9. (ii) DEFERRED TAX ASSET
(Rs. in lakh)
Opening
Balance
Recognised /
(reversed)
through profit
and loss
Recognised
directly in
equity
Recognised /
reclassified from
other
comprehensive
income
Closing
Balance
Deferred Tax Assets :-
(a) Impairment loss allowance - Stage I & II 542 285 - - 827
(b) Employee benefits 14 9 - - 23
(c) Deferred income 393 513 - - 906
(d) Depreciation on property, plant and equipment 4 1 - - 5
Deferred Tax Liabilities :-
(a) Debenture issue expenses (14) (77) - - (91)
(b) Investment measured at fair value (1) (1) - - (2)
(c) Loans measured at FVTOCI (101) (1) (39) (141)
837 729 (39) - 1,527
(Rs. in lakh)
Opening
Balance
Recognised /
(reversed)
through profit
and loss
Recognised
directly in
equity
Recognised /
reclassified from
other
comprehensive
income
Closing
Balance
Deferred Tax Assets :-
(a) Impairment loss allowance - Stage I & II 362 180 - - 542
(b) Employee benefits 12 2 - - 14
(c) Deferred income 266 127 - - 393
(d) Depreciation on property, plant and equipment 3 1 - - 4
Deferred Tax Liabilities :-
(a) Debenture issue expenses (7) (7) - - (14)
(b) Investment measured at fair value* 0 (1) - - (1)
(c) Loans measured at FVTOCI (11) (90) (101)
625 302 - (90) 837
Particulars
Particulars
Net Deferred Tax Asset
The major components of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the year ended March 31, 2019 are as follows:
Net Deferred Tax Asset
The major components of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the year ended March 31, 2018 are as follows:
115 of 187
(Rs. in lakh)
Opening
Balance
Recognised /
(reversed)
through profit
and loss
Recognised
directly in
equity
Recognised /
reclassified from
other
comprehensive
income
Closing
Balance
Deferred Tax Assets :-
(a) Impairment loss allowance - Stage I & II 259 - 124 (21) 362
(b) Employee benefits 12 - - - 12
(c) Deferred income - - 298 (32) 266
(d) Depreciation on property, plant and equipment 3 - - - 3
Deferred Tax Liabilities :-
(a) Debenture issue expenses (7) - - - (7)
(b) Investment measured at fair value* - 0 - - -
(c) Loans measured at FVTOCI - - (11.00) - (11)
267 - 411 (53) 625
(Rs. in lakh)
As at March
31, 2019
As at March 31,
2018
As at April 1,
2017
Deferred Tax Assets :-
(a) Impairment loss allowance - Stage I & II 827 542 362
(b) Employee benefits 23 14 12
(c) Deferred income 906 393 266
Deferred Tax Liabilities :-
(a) Debenture issue expenses (91) (14) (7)
(b) Depreciation on property, plant and equipment 5 4 3
(b) Investment measured at fair value* (2) (1) 0
(c) Loans measured at FVTOCI (141) (101) (11)
Net Deferred Tax Asset 1,527 837 625
* amount less than Rs 50,000
Gross deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows:
Particulars
The major components of deferred tax assets and liabilities as on April 1, 2017 are as follows:
Particulars
Net Deferred Tax Asset
116 of 187
TATA CLEANTECH CAPITAL LIMITED
10. PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT AND INVESTMENT PROPERTY
(Rs. in lakh)
Net Carrying Value
INVESTMENT PROPERTY # 257 - - - 257 11 11 - 22 235
257 - - - 257 - 11 - 11 246
PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Vehicles 36 - 12 - 24 11 9 5 15 9
23 15 2 - 36 - 12 1 11 25
Furniture and Fixture - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - -
Computer Equipment 3 13 - - 16 1 2 - 3 13
1 2 - - 3 - 1 - 1 2
Office Equipment * 2 0 - - 2 - 1 - 1 1
1 1 - - 2 - 0 - 0 2
Total 298 13 12 - 299 23 23 5 41 258
Previous financial year 282 18 2 - 298 - 24 1 23 275
Capital work-in-progress
Figures in italics relate to March 31, 2018
* Amount less than Rs. 50,000/-
# Fair value of investment property as on March 31, 2019 Rs. 207 lakh. Pursuant to the Ind AS transition, the Company has carried out valuation of Investment property as at March 31, 2019 and same is applicable to March 31, 2018 and
April 01, 2017. The fair value of the property is assessed based on the market rate for a similar property in the locality.
Closing balance
as at March 31,
2019
As at
March 31, 2019
Particulars
Gross Block Accumulated depreciation
Opening
balance as at
April 01, 2018
Additions /
Adjustments Deletions
Closing balance
as at March 31,
2019
Opening
balance as at
April 01, 2018
Depreciation/
Amortisation
for the year
Deletions /
Adjustments
Written off
during the year
117 of 187
TATA CLEANTECH CAPITAL LIMITED
11 OTHER NON-FINANCIAL ASSETS (UNSECURED - CONSIDERED GOOD)
(Rs. in lakh)
PARTICULARS
As at
March 31, 2019
As at
March 31, 2018
As at
April 1, 2017
(a) Gratuity assets (Net) - 16 20
(b) Balances with government authorities 17 22 4
(c) Prepaid expenses 95 107 18
Total 112 145 42
12 TRADE PAYABLES
(Rs. in lakh)
As at
March 31, 2019
As at
March 31, 2018
As at
April 1, 2017
(a) Others
(i) Accrued expenses 421 282 317
(ii) Payable to related parties - - 16
(iii) Payable to vendors 2 3 2
423 285 335
(a) Total outstanding dues of micro enterprises and small enterprises (Rs. in lakh)
As at
March 31, 2019
As at
March 31, 2018
As at
April 1, 2017
(a) Amounts outstanding but not due as at year end - - -
(b) Amounts due but unpaid as at year end - - -
(c) Amounts paid after appointed date during the year - - -
(d) Amount of interest accrued and unpaid as at year end - - -
(e ) The amount of further interest due and payable even in the
succeeding year - - -
Total - - -
13 DEBT SECURITIES (Rs. in lakh)
As at
March 31, 2019
As at
March 31, 2018
As at
April 1, 2017
At amortised cost
Debentures
Secured - in India
Privately Placed Non-Convertible Debentures (Refer note
13.1 below) 78,550 82,746 42,472
TOTAL 78,550 82,746 42,472
PARTICULARS
PARTICULARS
TOTAL
Note - The information as required to be disclosed under the Micro, Small and Medium Enterprises Development Act, 2006
has been determined to the extent such parties have been identified on the basis of information available with the Company.
The amount of principal and interest outstanding during the year is given below :
PARTICULARS
118 of 187
Notes
13.1
13.2 No default has been made in repayment of borrowings and interest for the year ended March 31, 2019
13.3 Particulars of Privately Placed Secured Non-Convertible Debentures ("NCDs") outstanding as on :
Description of NCDs
Number of
NCDs
Rs. in lakh Number of
NCDs
Rs. in lakh Number of
NCDs
Rs. in lakh
TCCL NCD 'C' FY 2017-18 02-Jun-17 03-Jun-24 100 1,000 100 1,000 - -
TCCL NCD 'B' FY 2018-19 18-Dec-18 18-Dec-23 1,800 18,000 - - - -
TCCL NCD 'B' FY 2016-17 17-Oct-16 15-Oct-21 150 1,500 150 1,500 150 1,500
TCCL NCD 'F' FY 2015-16 19-Oct-15 19-Oct-20 200 2,000 200 2,000 200 2,000
TCCL NCD 'E' FY 2015-16 04-Sep-15 04-Sep-20 200 2,000 200 2,000 200 2,000
TCCL NCD 'A' FY 2018-19 24-Aug-18 24-Aug-20 750 7,500 - - - -
TCCL NCD 'F' FY 2017-18 28-Jul-17 03-Aug-20 2,000 20,000 2,000 20,000 - -
TCCL NCD 'C' FY 2015-16 20-Jul-15 20-Jul-20 200 2,000 200 2,000 200 2,000
TCCL NCD 'D' FY 2017-18 07-Jun-17 05-Jun-20 250 2,500 250 2,500 - -
TCCL NCD 'A' FY 2017-18 15-May-17 15-May-20 200 2,000 200 2,000 - -
TCCL NCD 'B' FY 2017-18 17-May-17 15-May-20 500 5,000 500 5,000 - -
TCCL NCD 'G' FY 2017-18 08-Aug-17 08-Aug-19 500 5,000 500 5,000 - -
TCCL NCD 'G' FY 2017-18 11-Sep-17 08-Aug-19 277 2,772 277 2,776 - -
TCCL NCD 'E' FY 2017-18 26-Jul-17 26-Jul-19 500 5,000 500 5,000 - -
TCCL NCD 'A' FY 2016-17 14-Jun-16 14-Jun-19 250 2,500 250 2,500 250 2,500
TCCL NCD 'H' FY 2017-18 09-Nov-17 20-Mar-19 - - 1,350 13,500 - -
TCCL NCD 'D' FY 2015-16 Option II 03-Aug-15 03-Aug-18 - - 500 5,000 500 5,000
TCCL NCD 'B' FY 2015-16 Option II 20-May-15 18-May-18 - - 600 6,000 600 6,000
TCCL NCD 'A' FY 2015-16 22-Apr-15 20-Apr-18 - - 500 5,000 500 5,000
TCCL NCD 'G' FY 2015-16 06-Nov-15 06-Nov-17 - - - - 250 2,500
TCCL NCD 'D' FY 2015-16 Option I 03-Aug-15 03-Aug-17 - - - - 500 5,000
TCCL NCD 'B' FY 2015-16 Option I 20-May-15 17-May-17 - - - - 900 9,000
TOTAL 78,772 82,776 42,500
Note : Coupon rate of "NCDs" outstanding as on March 31, 2019 varies from 7.70% to 9.00% (Previous Year as on March 31, 2018 : 7.61% to 9.15% and April 01, 2017 : 8.10% to 9.15%)
As at April 01, 2017
Privately Placed Non-Convertible Debentures are secured by pari passu charge on the specific immovable property, specified receivables arising out of loan, lease, hire purchase transactions and to the
extent of shortfall in asset cover by a pari passu charge on the current assets of the Company.
Issue
Date
Redemption
Date
As at March 31, 2019 As at March 31, 2018
119 of 187
TATA CLEANTECH CAPITAL LIMITED
14 BORROWINGS (OTHER THAN DEBT SECURITIES) (Rs. in lakh)
As at
March 31, 2019
As at
March 31, 2018
As at
April 1, 2017
At amortised cost
(a) Term loans
Secured - in India
From Banks (Refer note 14.1 and 14.3 below ) 101,662 45,147 14,831
From Others (Refer note 14.1 and 14.3 below ) 64,443 40,000 20,000
(b) Loans repayable on demand
Secured - in India
(i) Working capital demand loan (Refer note 14.1 and 14.4 below) 71,900 12,400 -
(ii) Bank Overdraft (Refer note 14.1 below) 18,326 9,998 23,139
Unsecured - in India
Working capital demand loan (Refer note 14.4 below) 5,000 5,000 -
(c) Other loans
Unsecured - in India
(i) Commercial paper (Refer note 14.5 below)
[Net of unamortised discount of Rs.1,135 lakh
48,865 35,518 31,773
(March 31, 2018 : Rs. 982 lakh and April 01, 2017 : Rs. 727 lakh)]
(ii) Inter corporate deposits'- From others (Refer note 14.6 below) 7,200 6,200 3,500
(d) Inter corporate deposits from related parties - in India 32,200 - 2,727
(Refer note 14.6 below)
TOTAL 349,596 154,263 95,970
14.1
14.2 The Company has not defaulted in the repayment of borrowings and interest for the year ended March 31, 2019.
14.3
14.4
14.5
14.6
15 OTHER FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
-
As at
March 31, 2019
As at
March 31, 2018
As at
April 1, 2017
(a) Interest accrued but not due on borrowings 4,240 4,750 3,059
(b) Accrued employee benefit expense 679 443 293
4,919 5,193 3,352
PARTICULARS
PARTICULARS
TOTAL
Rate of interest payable on loans from banks and others varies between 5.68% to 9.15% (Previous Year March 31, 2018 : 7.85 % to
8.35% and April 01, 2017 : 8.15 % to 9.70%.)
Rate of interest payable on Inter-corporate deposits varies between 8.05 % to 8.84 % (Previous Year March 31, 2018 : 7.25 % to
8.87% and April 01, 2017 :8.61 % to 8.87%.)
Rate of interest payable on Working Capital Demand Loan varies between 8.25% to 8.75% (Previous Year as on March 31, 2018 :
7.60 % to 8.10% and April 01, 2017 : 7.95 % to 8.70%.)
Loans and advances from banks and others are secured by pari passu charge on the receivables of the Company through Security
Trustee.
Discount on commercial paper varies between 7.92% to 8.90% (Previous year March 31, 2018 : 7.32 % to 8.25% and April 01,
2017 : 6.66% to 8.61% )
120 of 187
TATA CLEANTECH CAPITAL LIMITED
16 PROVISIONS
(Rs. in lakh)
As at
March 31, 2019
As at
March 31, 2018
As at
April 1, 2017
(a) Provision for compensated absences 66 39 32
(b) Provision for gratuity 27 - -
(c) Provision for long-term service award 3 4 3
(d) Impairment loss allowance (Stage I & II) 2,156 1,461 1,045
2,252 1,504 1,080
17 OTHER NON-FINANCIAL LIABILITIES
(Rs. in lakh)
As at
March 31, 2019
As at
March 31, 2018
As at
April 1, 2017
(a) Statutory dues 268 118 60
(b) Revenue received in advance 3,036 1,047 771
3,304 1,165 831
18 SHARE CAPITAL
(Rs. in lakh)
PARTICULARSAs at
March 31, 2019
As at
March 31, 2018
As at
April 1, 2017
AUTHORISED
500,000,000 (as at March 31, 2018 : 500,000,000
shares and as at April 01, 2017 : 500,000,000
shares) Equity shares of Rs.10 each
50,000 50,000 50,000
50,000 50,000 50,000
ISSUED, SUBSCRIBED & PAID UP
388,015,639 (as at March 31, 2018 : 355,757,575
shares and April 1, 2017 : 355,757,575 shares)
Equity shares of Rs.10 each fully paid up
38,802 35,576 35,576
TOTAL 38,802 35,576 35,576
PARTICULARS
PARTICULARS
TOTAL
TOTAL
121 of 187
18. a Reconciliation of number of shares outstanding
PARTICULARS No. of Shares Rs. in lakh
355,757,575 35,576
Additions during the year - -
355,757,575 35,576
Additions during the year 32,258,064 3,226
18. b Rights, preferences and restrictions attached to shares
18. c Investment by Tata Capital Limited (Holding Company) and International Finance Corporation
Name of CompanyNo. of Equity
sharesRs. in lakh
Tata Capital Limited
Opening Balance as on April 1, 2017 286,384,848 28,639
Closing Balance as on March 31, 2018 286,384,848 28,639
Closing Balance as on March 31, 2019 312,352,590 31,236
International Finance Corporation
Opening Balance as on April 1, 2017 69,372,727 6,937
Closing Balance as on March 31, 2018 69,372,727 6,937
Closing Balance as on March 31, 2019 75,663,049 7,566
18. d List of Shareholders holding more than 5% Equity shares
Name of Shareholder No. of
Shares held% of Holding
Tata Capital Limited (Including shares held jointly with nominees)
Opening Balance as on April 1, 2017 286,384,848 80.50%
Closing Balance as on March 31, 2018 286,384,848 80.50%
Closing Balance as on March 31, 2019 312,352,590 80.50%
International Finance Corporation
Opening Balance as on April 1, 2017 69,372,727 19.50%
Closing Balance as on March 31, 2018 69,372,727 19.50%
Closing Balance as on March 31, 2019 75,663,049 19.50%
18. e
18. f There are no shares reserved for issue under options and contracts/commitments for the sale of shares or
disinvestment.
There are no shares in the preceding 5 years allotted as fully paid up without payment being received in cash / bonus
shares / bought back.
During the year, the Company has issued 32,258,064 Equity Shares (Previous year March 31, 2018 Nil and April 01,
2017 Nil)
The Company has issued only one class of equity shares having a face value of Rs. 10 per share. Each shareholder is
eligible for one vote per share held. The dividend proposed by the Board of Directors', if any, is subject to the
approval of shareholders in the ensuing Annual General Meeting, except in case of interim dividend. In the event of
liquidation, the equity shareholders are eligible to receive the remaining assets of the Company after distribution of all
preferential amounts, in proportion to their shareholding.
Opening balance as on April 01, 2017
Closing balance as on March 31, 2018
Closing balance as on March 31, 2019 388,015,639 38,802
122 of 187
19. OTHER EQUITY
(Rs. in lakh)
PARTICULARSAs at
March 31, 2019
As at
March 31, 2018
As at
April 1, 2017
(a) Securities Premium Account 22,029 15,265 15,265
(b) Special Reserve Account u/s 45-IC of Reserve Bank of India Act, 1934 5,279 3,235 1,654
(c) Special Reserve Account u/s 36(1)(viii) of Income tax Act, 1961 5,105 3,591 1,930
(d) Surplus in Statement of Profit and Loss 14,905 8,245 3,820
(e) Other Comprehensive Income 389 337 184
(f) Share options outstanding account 34 19 -
(g) General Reserve 15 3 -
Total 47,756 30,695 22,853
19.1. Nature and Purpose of Reserves as per Para 79 of Ind AS 1
Sr. No. Particulars
1 Securities Premium Account
2 Special Reserve Account / Statutory Reserve
3 Surplus in profit and loss account
4 Share Options Outstanding Account
5 Other Comprehensive Income
6 General Reserve Created upon completion of the vesting period of employees stock option or upon forfeiture of
options granted
Created upon grant of options to employees
Created on account of items measured through other comprehensive income
Nature and purpose of Reserves
Premium received upon issuance of equity shares
As prescribed by Section 45-IC of Reserve Bank of India Act 1934, and Section 36 (1) (viii) of the
Income Tax Act,1961
Created out of accretion of profits
123 of 187
20 INTEREST INCOME
(Rs. in lakh)
On Financial
Assets measured
at Amortised
Cost
On Financial
Assets measured
at fair value
through OCI
Total On Financial
Assets
measured at
Amortised Cost
On Financial
Assets measured
at fair value
through OCI
Total
(a) Interest on Loans 38,362 3,675 42,037 23,559 2,471 26,030
(b) Interest income on deposits with banks 8 - 8 - - -
TOTAL 38,370 3,675 42,045 23,559 2,471 26,030
PARTICULARS
For the year
ended
March 31, 2018
For the year ended
March 31, 2019
124 of 187
21. NET GAIN / (LOSS) ON FAIR VALUE CHANGES
(Rs. in lakh)
PARTICULARS
For the year
ended
March 31, 2019
For the year
ended
March 31, 2018
(A)Net Gain / (loss) on financial instruments at fair value through profit
or loss
(i) On trading portfolio - -
- Investments - -
- Derivatives - -
- Others - -
(ii)On financial instruments designated at fair value through profit or
loss - -
(B) Others 78 10
(C) Total Net gain/(loss) on fair value changes 78 10
(D) Fair value changes :
-Realised 75 8
-Unrealised 3 2
Total Net gain/(loss) on fair value changes 78 10
22 OTHER INCOME
(Rs. in lakh)
PARTICULARS
For the year
ended
March 31, 2019
For the year
ended
March 31, 2018
(a) Interest on Income Tax refund 20 -
(b) Guest house recovery 18 21
TOTAL 38 21
23 FINANCE COST
(Rs. in lakh)
PARTICULARS
For the year
ended
March 31, 2019
For the year
ended
March 31, 2018
At amortised cost
(a) Interest on borrowings 14,228 5,421
(b) Interest on debt securities 6,407 5,545
(c) Discounting charges on Commercial paper 4,218 2,306
TOTAL 24,853 13,272
125 of 187
24. Impairment on financial instruments
(Rs. in lakh)
On Financial
Assets
measured at
Amortised
Cost
On Financial
Assets
measured at
fair value
through OCI
Total On Financial
Assets
measured at
Amortised
Cost
On Financial
Assets
measured at
fair value
through OCI
Total
(a) Impairment loss allowance on loans (Stage I & II) 695 103 798 417 103 520
695 103 798 417 103 520
PARTICULARS
For the Year Ended
March 31, 2018
For the Year Ended
March 31, 2019
Total
126 of 187
25 EMPLOYEE BENEFIT EXPENSES
(Rs. in lakh)
PARTICULARS
For the year
ended
March 31, 2019
For the year
ended
March 31, 2018
(a) Salaries, wages and bonus 1,888 1,513
(b) Contribution to provident and other funds 73 55
(c) Staff welfare expenses 54 12
(d) Expenses related to post-employment defined benefit plans 21 17
(e) Share based payments to employees 26 22
TOTAL 2,062 1,619
26 OTHER OPERATING EXPENSES
(Rs. in lakh)
PARTICULARS
For the year
ended
March 31, 2019
For the year
ended
March 31, 2018
(a) Advertisements and publicity 4 10
(b) Brand equity and business promotion 122 75
(c) Audit fees 12 14
(d) Corporate social responsibility expenses 150 80
(e) Directors Remuneration 45 40
(f) Insurance charges 21 19
(g) Information technology expenses 177 148
(h) Legal and professional fees 120 89
(i) Loan processing fees 2 1
(j) Repairs and maintenance 1 2
(k) Rent 187 185
(l) Rates and taxes 1 1
(m) Stamp charges 47 26
(n) Service provider charges 737 33
(o) Telephone, telex and leased line 4 4
(p) Travelling and conveyance 127 94
(q) Training and recruitment 18 6
(r) Membership and subscription charges 19 16
(s) Security trustee fees 19 21
(t) Other expenses 26 16
TOTAL 1,839 880
(*Amount less than 50,000/-)
The Supreme Court of India in its judgement in the case of THE REGIONAL PROVIDENT FUND COMMISSIONER (II)
WEST BENGAL v/s VIVEKANANDA VIDYAMANDIR AND OTHERS on February 28, 2019 has clarified that any
emolument paid universally, necessarily and ordinarily to all employees across the board is to be considered as basic wage and
accordingly needs to be considered for calculation of Provident Fund contribution. The Company has made an estimate of the
liability, the Company has made a provision Rs 3.3 lakh as at March 31, 2019. The Company would record any further effect in
its financial statements, in the period in which it receives additional clarity on the said subject.
127 of 187
26.1 (a) Auditors’ Remuneration (excluding taxes)
(Rs. in lakh)
PARTICULARS
For the year
ended
March 31, 2019
For the year
ended
March 31, 2018
Audit fees 9 11
Tax audit fees 1 1
Other services 2 2
Out of pocket expenses* 0 0
TOTAL 12 14
(*Amount less than 50,000/-)
26.2 (b) Expenditure in Foreign Currency
(Rs. in lakh)
PARTICULARS
For the year
ended
March 31, 2019
For the year
ended
March 31, 2018
Directors sitting fees - 2
Professional fees 26 27
TOTAL 26 29
26.3 (c) Corporate social responsibility expenses
(i) Gross amount required to be spent by the company during the year was Rs.150 lakh (Previous year Rs.80 lakh)
(ii) Amount spent during the year on:
(Rs. in lakh)
PARTICULARS Paid Yet to be paid Total
Construction/acquisition of any asset - - -
On purposes other than above 150 - 150
TOTAL 150 - 150
27 Contingent Liabilities and Commitments:
a) Contingent liabilities Rs. Nil (Previous year Rs. Nil).
b) Commitments :-
- Letter of Comfort Rs. 12,994 lakh (as at March 31, 2018 Rs. 20,972 lakh and as at April 01, 2017: Rs. 41,225 lakh)
- Estimated amount of contracts remaining to be executed on capital account and not provided for Rs.4 lakh (as at March 31,
2018 Rs. 4 lakh and as at April 01, 2017: Rs. Nil).
- Undrawn Commitment given to the Borrower Rs. 43,651 lakh (as at March 31, 2018 Rs.68,765 lakh and as at April 01, 2017
Rs.29,534)
128 of 187
28
A List of related parties and relationship
Ultimate Holding Company Tata Sons Private Limited (formerly Tata Sons Limited)
Holding Company Tata Capital Limited
Subsidiaries of Holding Company Tata Capital Financial Services Limited
Tata Capital Housing Finance Limited
Tata Securities Limited
Tata Capital Pte. Limited
Tata Capital Growth Fund I
Tata Capital Special Situation Fund
Tata Capital Healthcare Fund I
Tata Capital Innovations Fund
Tata Capital Growth Fund II (w.e.f. 28.09.2018)
Tata Capital Growth II General Partners LLP (w.e.f.20.09.2018)
Tata Capital Markets Pte. Ltd.
Tata Capital Advisors Pte. Ltd.
Tata Capital Plc
Tata Capital General Partners LLP
Tata Capital Healthcare General Partners LLP
Tata Opportunities General Partners LLP
TC Travel and Services Limited (ceased to subsidiary w.e.f. October 30, 2017)
Tata Capital Forex Limited (ceased to subsidiary w.e.f. October 30, 2017)
Associate of Holding Company
(with which the company had transactions)
Tata Autocomp Systems Limited
Plans
(with which the company had transactions)
Tata Capital Limited Superannuation Scheme
Key Management Personnel Mr. Manish Chourasia (Managing Director)
Mr. Behzad Bhesania (Chief Financial Officer)
Mr. Vittaldas Leeladhar (Independent Director)
Ms. Padmini Khare Kaicker (Independent Director)
Mr. Pradeep C. Bandivadekar (Non-Executive Director)
Mr. Rajiv Sabharwal (Non-Executive Director)
Mr. Nihar Shah (Ceased to be Non-Executive Director w.e.f. April 16, 2018)
Ms. Shivangi Rajpopat (Ceased to be Company secretary w.e.f. January 01, 2019)
Other Related Parties Conneqt Business Solutions Limited
(with which the company had transactions) Tata Consultancy Services Limited
Tata AIG General Insurance Company Limited
Tata AIA Life Insurance Company Limited
Tata Autocomp Systems Limited
Niskalp Infrastructure Services Limited
Titan Company Ltd.
Tata Teleservices (Maharashtra) Limited
Investor exercising significant influence International Financial Corporation
B Transactions carried out with related parties referred in "A" above
(Rs. in lakh)
Sr.
No. Party Name Nature of transaction 2018-19 2017-18
April 01,
2017
I Transactions with Ultimate Holding
Company :
1 Tata Sons Limited a) Expenses :
- Brand equity contribution 122 75 -
- Training Exp 3 4 -
b) Liability:
- Balance payable 122 75 52
Disclosure as required by Indian Accounting Standard (Ind AS) – 24 on “Related Party Disclosures” notified under the Companies
(Indian Accounting Standard) Rules, 2015
129 of 187
(Rs. in lakh)
Sr.
No. Party Name Nature of transaction 2018-19 2017-18
April 01,
2017
II Transactions with Hoiding Company :
1 Tata Capital Limited a) Expenses :
- Interest expenses on ICD 158 744 -
- Management Fees 714 10 -
- Rent 53 26 -
- Reimbursement of expenses 4 4 -
b) Income:
- Guest House Recovery* 0 - -
c) ICD accepted / repaid during the year
- ICD accepted during the year 61,800 155,915 -
- ICD repaid during the year 29,600 158,642 -
d) Equity
- Issue of equity shares 8,050 - -
- Equity shares held (inclusive of security 48,969 40,927 40,927
premium)
e) Asset :
- Security Deposit 324 324 -
- Security Deposit given - 1 -
- Security Deposit repaid - 1 -
f) Liability:
- ICD outstanding payable 32,253 - 2,727
- Balance payable 55 7 -
III Transactions with Subsidiaries :
1 Tata Capital Financial Services Limited a) Expenses:
- Reimbursement of expenses 68 4 -
- Rent 113 148 -
b) Income:
- Guest House Recovery 17 21 -
- Advisory fees - 7 -
c) Liability:
- Balance payable/ (Receivable)* 16 (0) 16
2 Tata Capital Housing Finance Limited a) Expenses :
- Reimbursement of expenses* - 0 -
b) Income:
- Guest House Recovery* 0 0 -
c) Liability:
-Balance Receivable* 0 - 0
3 TC Travel and Services Limited a) Expenses :
- Travel related expenses - 27 -
4 Tata Capital Forex Limited a) Expenses :
- Travel related expenses - 3 -
5 Tata Securities Limited a) Expenses :
- Professional Fees expenses* - 0 -
(ceased to be subsidiary of Tata Capital
Limited w.e.f. 30.10.2017)
(ceased to be subsidiary of Tata Capital
Limited w.e.f. 30.10.2017)
130 of 187
(Rs. in lakh)
Sr.
No. Party Name Nature of transaction 2018-19 2017-18
April 01,
2017
IV Transactions with Associates :
1 Tata Autocomp Systems Limited a) Income :
-Advisory Fees 7 - -
- Reimbursement of expenses* 0 - -
V Plans
1 Tata Capital Limited Superannuation Scheme a) Contribution to Superannuation 13 11 -
VI Transactions with KMP :
1 Key Management Personnel (KMP) a) Remuneration to KMP
- Short Term Employee Benefits 237 231 -
- Post Employment Benefits 25 21 -
- Share based payemnts (No. of Shares)
a) Options granted 383,000 33,000 -
b) Options exercised 23,000 13,000 -
- Director Sitting Fees & Commission 33 18
VII Transactions with Other Related Parties :
1 Conneqt Business Solutions Limited a) Expenses :
- Service provider charges 15 13 -
2 Niskalp Infrastructure Services Limited a) Income:
- Reimbursement of expenses - 2 -
b) Asset:
-Balance receivable* - - 4
3 Tata AIG General Insurance Company Limited a) Expenses :
- Insurance expenses* 0 0 -
b) Asset:
-Balance receivable* - 0 -
4 Tata AIA Life Insurance Company Limited a) Expenses :
- Insurance expenses 2 1 -
b) Asset:
-Balance receivable 3 2 -
5 Tata Consultancy Services Limited a) Expenses :
- IT outsourcing expenses 240 292 -
b) Liability:
- Balance payable 128 176 72
6 Tata Teleservices Maharashtra a) Expenses :
- Communication expenses* - 0 -
7 International Finance Corporation a) Income:
- Advisory fees - 43 -
b) Expenses
- Director's Nomination Fees - 2 1
c) Equity
- Issue of equity shares 1,950 - -
- Equity shares held (inclusive of security 11,862 9,914 9,914
premium)
8 Titan Company Ltd. a) Expenses :
- Staff welfare expenses 2 - -
(*Amount less than 50,000/-)
(formerly known as Tata Business Support
Services Limited)
131 of 187
29 Earnings per Share (EPS):
Particulars 2018-19 2017-18
(Rs. in lakh) 10,218 7,667
Nos 360,441,623 355,757,575
Rupees 10 10
Rupees 2.83 2.16
Rupees 2.83 2.16
30 Movement in Contingent provision against Standard Assets during the year is as under:
(Rs. in lakh)
Particulars 2018-19 2017-18
Opening Balance 1,565 1,045
Additions during the year 798 520
Utilised during the year - -
Closing Balance 2,363 1,565
31 Share based payment
A. Description of share based payments:
Particulars ESOP 2011 ESOP 2013 ESOP 2016 ESOP 2017 ESOP 2018
i. Vesting requirements 1/3rd at the end of
each 12, 24 and 36
months from the
date of grant
1/3rd at the end of
each 12, 24 and 36
months from the
date of grant
100% at the end of
12 months from
the date of grant
100% at the end of
12 months from
the date of grant
20% at the end of each 12
and 24 months and 30% at
the end of each 36 and 48
months from the date of
grant
ii. Maximum term of option 6 years 6 years 2 years 2 years 7 years
iii. Method of settlement Equity settled Equity settled Equity settled Equity settled Equity settled
iv. Modifications to share based
payment plans
N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
The Company is required to present disclosures as required by Para 44, 45, 46, 47, 50, 51 and 52 of Ind AS 102. It is required to present
scheme wise terms and conditions of the ESOP schemes, present for the employees of the Company.
Basic earnings per share
Diluted earnings per share
Profit after tax attributable to Equity shareholders
Weighted average number of Equity shares used in computing Basic EPS
Face value of equity shares
132 of 187
B. Summary of share based payments
March 31, 2019
Particulars ESOP 2011 ESOP 2013 ESOP 2016 ESOP 2017 ESOP 2018 Total
Outstanding balance at the beginning of the year - 12,083 - 255,000 -
267,083
Options granted - - - - 475,000 475,000
Options forfeited - 5,000 - 30,000 - 35,000
Options exercised - 2,500 - 125,000 - 127,500
Options expired - - - - - -
Options lapsed - - - - - -
Options outstanding at the end of the year - 4,583 - 100,000 475,000 579,583
Options exercisable at the end of the year - 4,583 - 100,000 - 104,583
For share options exercised:
Weighted average exercise price at date of exercise 33.24
Money realized by exercise of options 4,237,500
For share options outstanding
Range of exercise prices 17.77 25.00 30.00 33.40 50.60
Average remaining contractual life of options - 0.33 - 0.00 6.51 5.34
Modification of plans
Incremental fair value on modification
133 of 187
B. Summary of share based payments
March 31, 2018
Particulars ESOP 2011 ESOP 2013 ESOP 2016 ESOP 2017 ESOP 2018 Total
Outstanding balance at the beginning of the year 1 29,375 195,000 280,000 -
504,376
Options granted - - - - - -
Options forfeited - 9,792 - 30,000 - 39,792
Options exercised - 7,500 140,000 - - 147,500
Options expired - - 55,000 - - 55,000
Options lapsed - - - - - -
Options outstanding at the end of the year 1 12,083 - 250,000 - 262,084
Options exercisable at the end of the year 1 12,083 - 250,000 - 262,084
For share options exercised:
Weighted average exercise price at date of exercise 29.75
Money realized by exercise of options 4,387,500
For share options outstanding
Range of exercise prices 17.77 25.00 30.00 33.40 50.60
Average remaining contractual life of options - 0.83 - 1.00 - 0.99
Modification of plans
Incremental fair value on modification
134 of 187
B. Summary of share based payments
April 01, 2017
Particulars ESOP 2011 ESOP 2013 ESOP 2016 ESOP 2017 ESOP 2018 Total
Outstanding balance at the beginning of the year 16,667 66,875 215,000 - - 298,542
Options granted - - - 265,000 - 265,000
Options forfeited - 37,500 25,000 - - 62,500
Options exercised 16,666 - - - - 16,666
Options expired -
Options lapsed -
Options outstanding at the end of the year 1 29,375 190,000 265,000 - 484,376
Options exercisable at the end of the year 1 29,375 190,000 - - 219,376
For share options exercised:
Weighted average exercise price at date of exercise 17.77
Money realized by exercise of options 296,155
For share options outstanding
Range of exercise prices 17.77 25.00 30.00 33.40 50.60
Average remaining contractual life of options 0.42 1.33 1.00 1.00 - 1.02
Modification of plans
Incremental fair value on modification
C. Valuation of stock options
Particulars ESOP 2013 ESOP 2016 ESOP 2017 ESOP 2018
Share price: 25 30 33.4 50.6
Exercise Price: 25 30 33.4 50.6
Expected Volatility: 0.37 0.38 0.35 0.38
Contractual Option Life (years): 3.00 2.00 2.00 7.00
Expected dividends: - - - -
Risk free interest rate: 8.00% 8.00% 6.57% 8.04%
Vesting Dates
33.33% vesting on
July 29, 2014
100% vesting on
March 31, 2017
100% vesting on
April 2, 2018
20% vesting on
September 30, 2019
66.67% vesting on
July 29, 2015 - -
40% vesting on
September 30, 2020
100% vesting on
July 29, 2016 - -
70% vesting on
September 30, 2021
- - -
100% vesting on
September 30, 2022
Valuation of incremental fair value on modification
N.A. N.A. N.A. N.A.
ESOP 2011
17.77
17.77
0.49
3.00
-
8.00%
33.33% vesting on August 31,
2012
66.67% vesting on August 31,
2013
100% vesting on August 31,
2014
N.A.
-
135 of 187
The Company is required to present the following terms of the ESOPs, for the key managerial employees and other employees
As at March 31, 2019
Particulars ESOP 2011 ESOP 2013 ESOP 2016 ESOP 2017 ESOP 2018 Total
Fair value at grant date 17.77 25.00 30.00 33.40 50.60
Share price at grant date 17.77 25.00 30.00 33.40 50.60
Exercise price 17.77 25.00 30.00 33.40 50.60
Expected volatility
(weighted average volatility) 0.49 0.37 0.38 0.35 0.38
Expected life (expected weighted average life) 0.00 0.33 0.00 0.00 6.51
Expected dividends 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Risk-free interest rate (based on government bonds) 8.00% 8.00% 8.00% 6.57% 8.04%
Key managerial employees
Mr. Manish Chourasia, Managing Director
Options granted - - - 10,000 350,000 360,000
Options exercised - - - - - -
Mr. Behzad Bhesania, Chief Financial Officer
Options granted - - 10,000 10,000 - 20,000
Options exercised - - 10,000 10,000 - 20,000
As at March 31, 2018
Particulars ESOP 2011 ESOP 2013 ESOP 2016 ESOP 2017 ESOP 2018 Total
Fair value at grant date 17.77 25.00 30.00 33.40 50.60
Share price at grant date 17.77 25.00 30.00 33.40 50.60
Exercise price 17.77 25.00 30.00 33.40 50.60
Expected volatility
(weighted average volatility) 0.49 0.37 0.38 0.35 0.38
Expected life (expected weighted average life) 0.00 0.86 0.00 1.00 0.00
Expected dividends 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Risk-free interest rate (based on government bonds) 8.00% 8.00% 8.00% 6.57% 8.04%
Key managerial employees
Mr. Manish Chourasia, Managing Director
Options granted - - - 10,000 350,000 360,000
Options exercised - - - - - -
Mr. Behzad Bhesania, Chief Financial Officer
Options granted - - 10,000 10,000 - 20,000
Options exercised - - 10,000 10,000 - 20,000
Ms. Shivangi Rajpopat, Company Secretary
Options granted - - - - - -
Options exercised - - - - - -
D) Options granted and inputs used for measurement of fair value of options, for the key managerial employees and other senior employees
136 of 187
As at 1 April 2017
Particulars ESOP 2011 ESOP 2013 ESOP 2016 ESOP 2017 ESOP 2018 Total
Fair value at grant date 17.77 25.00 30.00 33.40 50.60
Share price at grant date 17.77 25.00 30.00 33.40 50.60
Exercise price 17.77 25.00 30.00 33.40 50.60
Expected volatility
(weighted average volatility) 0.49 0.37 0.38 0.35 0.38
Expected life (expected weighted average life) 0.42 1.35 1.00 2.00 0.00
Expected dividends 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
Risk-free interest rate (based on government
bonds) 8.00% 8.00% 8.00% 6.57% 8.04%
Key managerial employees
Mr. Manish Chourasia, Managing Director
Options granted - - - 10,000 350,000 360,000
Options exercised - - - - - -
Mr. Behzad Bhesania, Chief Financial Officer
Options granted - - 10,000 10,000 - 20,000
Options exercised - - 10,000 10,000 - 20,000
Mr. Sunil Raut, Company Secretary
Options granted - - - 10,000 - 10,000
Options exercised - - - - - -
32 Employee benefit expenses
The Company is required to present disclosures as required by Para 43 and Para 9.5.4 of 'GN on Division II - Ind AS Schedule III' and Para 138 - 147, of Ind AS 19 'Employee benefits' and Para 125 and 129 of 'Presentation of Financial Statements', which require at least the following disclosures, along with additional information as stated below:
A. Defined contribution plans
The Company makes Provident Fund and Superannuation Fund contributions to defined contribution retirement benefit plans for eligible employees. Under the schemes, the Company is required to contribute a specified percentage of payroll costs to fund the benefits. The contributions as specified under the law are paid to the provident fund set up as a Trust by the Company. The Company is generally liable for annual contributions and any deficiency in interest cost compared to interest computed based on the rate of interest declared by the Central Government under the employee provident scheme, 1952 is recognised as an expense in the year in which it is determined.
The Company recognised a charge of Rs. 60 Lakh (FY 2017-18 Rs.44 Lakh) towards provident fund and family pension fund contribution and Rs.13 Lakh (FY 2017-18 Rs.11 Lakh) towards contribution to superannuation fund in the Statement of Profit and Loss during the current year.
In case the company has contributions to foreign defined contribution plans and benefit plans, the details of the same should be disclosed.
137 of 187
B. Defined benefit plan
The Company offers the following employee benefit schemes to its employees:
i. Gratuity
ii. Post-employment medical benefits
iii. Other defined benefit plans
Movement in net defined benefit (asset) liability
Description in this section should contain following points:
1) Types of Defined benefit plans operated by the Company.
2) Terms and conditions of eligibility for the plan and computation mechanism of the obligation thereafter.
3) All amounts in Rs. lakh
a) Reconciliation of balances of Defined Benefit Obligations.
Particulars Total Funded Total Unfunded Total Funded Total Unfunded
Defined Obligations at the beginning of the year 115.14 - 98.39
Current service cost 22.73 - 19.66 -
Interest cost 8.61 - 5.93 -
Amalgamations / Acquisitions 17.44 - 4.56 -
a. Due to change in financial assumptions 27.35 - (1.69) -
b. Due to change in experience adjustments 7.93 - 26.85 -
c. Due to experience adjustments (4.19) - - -
Others (please specify below)
Benefits paid directly by the Company (6.65) - (38.57) -
Defined Obligations at the end of the year 188.35 - 115.14 -
b) Reconciliation of balances of Fair Value of Plan Assets
Particulars Total Funded Total Unfunded Total Funded Total Unfunded
As on 31 March 2019
Fair Value at the beginning of the year 130.83 - 118.84 -
Expected return on plan assets 3.20 - (1.49) -
Amalgamations / Acquisitions 17.44 - 4.56 -
Others (please specify below)
Interest Income on Plan Assets 10.07 - 8.91 -
Fair Value of Plan Assets at the end of the year 161.55 - 130.83 -
The Company offers its employees defined-benefit plans in the form of a gratuity scheme (a lump sum amount), (Included as part of contribution to provided fund, superannuation fund and other
funds as referred in Note 26 of Employee Benefit Expenses). Benefits under the defined benefit plans are typically based on years of service and the employee’s compensation (generally
immediately before retirement). The gratuity scheme covers substantially all regular employees. Commitments are actuarially determined at year-end. These commitments are valued at the
present value of the expected future payments, with consideration for calculated future salary increases, using a discount rate corresponding to the interest rate estimated by the actuary having
regard to the interest rate on government bonds with a remaining term that is almost equivalent to the average balance working period of employees. On adoption of the Indian Accounting
Standard (Ind AS 19) on “Employee Benefits”, actuarial valuation is done based on “Projected Unit Credit” method. Gains and losses of changed actuarial assumptions are recognised in other
comprehensive income.
The following table sets out the funded / unfunded status of the defined benefit schemes and the amount recognised in the financial statements:
Year ended March 31, 2019 Year ended March 31, 2018
Year ended March 31, 2019 Year ended March 31, 2018
Gratuity fund:
Each year an Asset - Liability matching study is performed in which the consequences of the strategic investment policies are analysed in terms of risk and return profiles. Investment and
contribution policies are integrated withinthis study.
138 of 187
c) Funded status
Particulars
As on 31 March 2019 Total Funded Total Unfunded Total Funded Total Unfunded Total Funded Total Unfunded
Deficit of plan assets over obligations
Surplus of plan assets over obligations - (26.81) 15.69 20.45
Unrecognised asset due to asset ceiling
Total - (26.81) 15.69 - 20.45 -
d) Categories of plan assets
Particulars
Particulars Total Funded Total Unfunded Total Funded Total Unfunded Total Funded Total Unfunded
Corporate bonds 69.56 - 56.26 - 48.73 -
Equity shares 16.90 - 15.70 - 19.01 -
Government securities 73.62 - 57.56 - 39.22 -
Cash 1.47 - 1.31 - 11.88 -
Others (please specify) - - - - - -
Total 161.55 - 130.83 - 118.84 -
e) Amount recognised in Balance sheet
Total Funded Total Unfunded Total Funded Total Unfunded Total Funded Total Unfunded
Present value of the defined benefit obligation - 188.35 115.14 - 98.39
Fair value of plan assets - 161.55 130.83 - 118.84
Net asset / (liability) recognised in the Balance Sheet - (26.81) 15.69 - 20.45 -
Net asset / (liability) as per financial statements - - -
f) Amount recognised in Statement of Profit and Loss
Total Funded Total Unfunded Total Funded Total Unfunded
Current Service Cost 22.73 - 19.66 -
Interest Cost (net) (1.46) - (2.98) -
Others (please specify)
Expenses for the year 21.26 - 16.68 -
g) Amount recognised in OCI
Total Funded Total Unfunded Total Funded Total Unfunded
a. Due to change in financial assumptions 27.35 - (1.69) -
b. Due to change in experience adjustments 7.93 - 26.85 -
c. Due to experience adjustments (4.19) - - -
d. (Return) on plan assets (excl. interest income) (3.20) - 1.49 -
e. Change in Asset Ceiling
Total remeasurements in OCI 27.88 - 26.65 -
Total defined benefit cost recognized in P&L and OCI 49.14 - 43.34 -
Year ended March 31, 2019 Year ended March 31, 2018 As at April 1, 2017
Year ended March 31, 2019 Year ended March 31, 2018
Year ended March 31, 2019 Year ended March 31, 2018 As at April 1, 2017
Year ended March 31, 2019 Year ended March 31, 2018
Year ended March 31, 2019 Year ended March 31, 2018 As at April 1, 2017
139 of 187
Total defined benefit cost as per financial statements - -
h) Expected cash flows for the following year
Particulars
Year ended March
31, 2019
Year ended
March 31, 2018
Expected total benefit payments 302.51 95.94
Year 1 14.36 8.59
Year 2 17.65 2.18
Year 3 21.40 2.96
Year 4 24.20 3.98
Year 5 27.47 5.17
Next 5 years 197.43 73.06
i) Major Actuarial Assumptions
Particulars
Year ended March
31, 2019
Year ended
March 31, 2018
As at April 1,
2017
Discount Rate (%) 7.20% 7.70% 7.50%
Salary Escalation/ Inflation (%)
7.5% for fist 5 years
and 6% thereafter
7.5% for fist 5
years and 6%
thereafter
7.5% for fist 5
years and 6%
thereafter
Expected Return on Plan assets (%) 7.20% 7.70% 7.50%
Attrition
Mortality Table
Indian assured lives
Mortality (2006-08)
(modified) Ult.
Indian assured
lives Mortality
(2006-08)
(modified) Ult.
Indian assured
lives Mortality
(2006-08)
(modified) Ult.
Medical cost inflation
Disability
Withdrawal (rate of employee turnover)
0-2 years 10%, 3-4
years 5%, 5-9 years
2.5%, 10 years and
more 1%
0-2 years 10%, 3-4
years 5%, 5-9 years
2.5%, 10 years and
more 1%
0-2 years 10%, 3-
4 years 5%, 5-9
years 2.5%, 10
years and more 1%
Retirement Age 60 years 60 years 60 years
Weighted Average Duration
Guaranteed rate of return
Estimate of amount of contribution in the immediate next year 14.36 8.59
The estimates for future salary increases, considered in actuarial valuation, take into account inflation, seniority, promotion and other relevant factors.
The expected return on plan assets is based on market expectation, at the beginning of the year, for returns over the entire life of the related obligation.
140 of 187
The following table shows a reconciliation from the opening balances to the closing balances for net defined benefit (asset) liability and its components
i) Sensitivity analysis
Increase Decrease Increase Decrease Increase Decrease
Discount rate (1% movement) (13.82) 15.69 (14.08) 16.88
Future salary growth (1% movement) 15.41 (13.84) 16.93 (14.36)
Others (Withdrawal rate 5% movement) (11.38) 15.83 0.83 2.58
j) Provision for leave encashment
Non current Current Non current Current Non current Current
Liability for compensated absences 49.89 14.07 31.63 5.57 27.40 3.46
Experience adjustments Defined benefit
obligation
Plan assets Surplus/
(deficit)
Experience
adjustments on plan
liabilities
Experience
adjustments on
plan assets
Funded
2018-19 - - - - -
2017-18 115.14 130.83 15.69 (26.85) (1.49)
2016-17 0.99 1.18 0.19 (0.06) 0.04
2015-16 - - - - -
2014-15 - - - - -
Unfunded
2018-19 188.35 161.55 (26.81) (7.93) 3.20
2017-18 - - - - -
2016-17 - - - - -
2015-16 0.66 0.83 0.17 (0.01) (0.04)
2014-15 0.93 1.19 0.27 0.04 0.01
j) Long Term Service Awards
33 Segment Reporting
Long Term Service awards are employee benefits in recognition for their loyalty and continuity of service for five years and above, the same is actuarially valued (Unfunded). The
Long Term Service awards expense for financial year 2018-19 is Nil (Previous year 2017-18 Rs. 1 lakh and 2016-17 Rs. 1 lakh) and the provision as at March 31, 2019 is Rs. 3 lakh
(Previous year March 31, 2018 Rs.4 lakh and April 01, 2017 Rs. 3 lakh).
The Company is engaged in the business of providing finance and advisory services to the infrastructure sector. There being only one material "business segment" and "geographical
segment", the segment information is not provided.
Reasonably possible changes at the reporting date to one of the relevant actuarial assumptions, holding other assumptions constant, would have affected the defined benefit obligation by the
amounts shown below.
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018 April 1, 2017
March 31, 2019 March 31, 2018 April 1, 2017
141 of 187
34 Fair values of financial instruments
See accounting policy in Note 2(iii).
A. Valuation models
For more complex instruments, the Company uses proprietary valuation models, which are usually developed
from recognised valuation models. Some or all of the significant inputs into these models may not be
observable in the market, and may be derived from market prices or rates or estimated based on assumptions.
Valuation models that employ significant unobservable inputs require a higher degree of management
judgement and estimation in the determination of fair value. Management judgement and estimation are
usually required for the selection of the appropriate valuation model to be used, determination of expected
future cash flows on the financial instrument being valued, determination of the probability of counterparty
default and prepayments, determination of expected volatilities and correlations and selection of appropriate
discount rates.
The Company measures fair values using the following fair value hierarchy, which reflects the significance of
the inputs used in making the measurements:
a) Level 1 inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the
Company can access at measurement date
b) Level 2 inputs are inputs, other than quoted prices included within level 1, that are observable for the asset
or liability, either directly or indirectly; (i.e. derived from prices). This category includes instruments valued
using: quoted market prices in active markets for similar instruments; quoted prices for identical or similar
instruments in markets that are considered less than active; or other valuation techniques in which all
significant inputs are directly or indirectly observable from market data.
c) Level 3 inputs are unobservable inputs for the valuation of assets or liabilities that the Company can access
at measurement date. This category includes all instruments for which the valuation technique includes inputs
that are not observable and the unobservable inputs have a significant effect on the instrument’s valuation.
This category includes instruments that are valued based on quoted prices for similar instruments for which
significant unobservable adjustments or assumptions are required to reflect differences between the
instruments. Valuation techniques include net present value and discounted cash flow models, income
approach, comparison with similar instruments for which observable market prices exist, option pricing
models and other valuation models. Assumptions and inputs used in valuation techniques include risk-free
returns, benchmark interest rates and credit spreads used in estimating discount rates, bond and equity prices,
foreign currency exchange rates, equity and equity index prices and expected price volatilities and
correlations.
The objective of valuation techniques is to arrive at a fair value measurement that reflects the price that
would be received to sell the asset or paid to transfer the liability in an orderly transaction between market
participants at the measurement date.
The Company uses widely recognised valuation models to determine the fair value of financial instruments,
such as interest rate swap and forward rate agreement, which only needs observable market data and require
little management judgement and estimation. Observable prices or model inputs are usually available in the
market for listed equity securities and derivatives such as interest rate swaps. The availability of observable
market prices and model inputs reduces the need for management judgement and estimation and also reduces
the uncertainty associated with determining fair values.
142 of 187
34 Fair values of financial instruments
See accounting policy in Note 2(iii).
B. Valuation framework
The Company has a established a policy for the measurement of fair values addressing the requirement
to independently verify the results of all significant fair value measurements. Specific controls
include:
1) verification of observable pricing basis actual market transactions;
2) re-performance of model valuations;
3) a review and approval process for new models and changes to models
4) annual calibration and back-testing of models against observed market transactions;
5) analysis and investigation of significant annual valuation movements; and
6) review of significant unobservable inputs, valuation adjustments and significant changes to the fair
value measurement of Level 3 instruments compared with the previous year.
When third party information, such as valuation agency report is used to measure fair value, the
Company assesses the documents and evidence used to support the conclusion that the valuations
meet the requirements of Ind AS. This includes:
1) understanding how the fair value has been arrived at, the extent to which it represents actual market
transactions and whether it represents a quoted price in an active market for an identical instrument;
2) when prices for similar instruments are used to measure fair value, how these prices have been
adjusted to reflect the characteristics of the instrument subject to measurement; and
3) if a number of quotes for the same financial instrument have been obtained, then how fair value has
been determined using those quotes.
Significant valuation issues are reported to the Audit Committee.
143 of 187
34. Financial Instruments
C
Financial assets and liabilities
Fair value
through
Profit or Loss
Fair Value
through Other
Comprehensive
Income
Derivative
instruments in
hedging
relationship
Derivative
instruments not in
hedging relationship
Amortised cost Total Carrying Value
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents - - - - 31,792 31,792
Other balances with banks - - - - - -
Trade receivables - - - - 34 34
Loans including Credit substitute - 60,930 - - 430,050 490,980
Investments in Mutual Fund 60 - - - - 60
Other financial assets - - - - 292 292
Total 60 60,930 - - 462,168 523,158
Financial Liabilities:
Trade and other payables - - - - 423 423
Debt Securities - - - - 78,550 78,550
Borrowings (Other than debt securities) - - - - 349,596 349,596
Other financial liabilities - - - - 4,919 4,919
Total - - - - 433,488 433,488
Fair value
through
Profit or Loss
Fair Value
through Other
Comprehensive
Income
Derivative
instruments in
hedging
relationship
Derivative
instruments not in
hedging relationship
Amortised cost Total Carrying Value
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents - - - - 711 711
Other balances with banks - - - - - -
Trade receivables - - - - 23 23
Loans including Credit substitute - 33,121 - - 275,777 308,898
Investments in Mutual Fund 41 - - - - 41
Other financial assets - - - - 266 266
Total 41 33,121 - - 276,777 309,939
Financial Liabilities:
Trade and other payables - - - - 285 285
Debt Securities - - - - 82,746 82,746
Borrowings (Other than debt securities) - - - - 154,263 154,263
Other financial liabilities - - - - 5,193 5,193
Total - - - - 242,487 242,487
The significant accounting policies, including the criteria for recognition, the basis of measurement and the basis on which income and expenses are recognised, in respect of each
class of financial asset, financial liability and equity instrument are disclosed in note 2(i) to the financial statements.
The carrying value of financial instruments by categories as at March 31, 2019 is as follows:
Particulars
The carrying value of financial instruments by categories as at March 31, 2018 is as follows:
Particulars
144 of 187
Fair value
through
Profit or Loss
Fair Value
through Other
Comprehensive
Income
Derivative
instruments in
hedging
relationship
Derivative
instruments not in
hedging relationship
Amortised cost Total Carrying Value
Financial Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents - - - - 1,434 1,434
Other balances with banks - - - - - -
Trade receivables - - - - 7 7
Loans including Credit substitute - 16,390 - - 183,526 199,916
Investments in Mutual Fund 35 - - - - 35
Other financial assets - - - - 5 5
Total 35 16,390 - - 184,972 201,397
Financial Liabilities:
Trade and other payables - - - - 335 335
Debt Securities - - - - 42,472 42,472
Borrowings (Other than debt securities) - - - - 95,970 95,970
Other financial liabilities - - - - 3,352 3,352
Total - - - - 142,129 142,129
The carrying value of financial instruments by categories as at April 1, 2017 is as follows:
Particulars
Carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, loans and trade and other payables as on March 31, 2019, March 31, 2018 and April 1, 2017 approximate the fair
value because of their short-term nature. Difference between carrying amounts and fair values of bank deposits, other financials assets, other financial liabilities and borrowings
subsequently measured at amortrised cost is not significant in each of the years presented.
Fair value hierarchy:
The fair value hierarchy is based on inputs to valuation techniques that are used to measure fair value that are either observable or unobservable and consist of the following three
levels:
Level 1 — Inputs are quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 — Inputs are other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from
prices).Level 3 — Inputs are not based on observable market data (unobservable inputs). Fair values are determined in whole or in part using a valuation model based on assumptions that
are neither supported by prices from observable current market transactions in the same instrument nor are they based on available market data.
145 of 187
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Financial Assets:
Mutual fund units - 60 - 60
Loans - - 60,930 60,930
Total - 60 60,930 60,990
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Financial Assets:
Mutual fund units - 41 - 41
Loans - - 33,121 33,121
Total - 41 33,121 33,162
Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total
Financial Assets:
Mutual fund units - 35 - 35
Loans - - 16,390 16,390
Total - 35 16,390 16,425
Carrying
ValueFair value Carrying Value Fair value Carrying Value Fair value
Financial Assets at amortised cost:
Loans 430,050 429,123 275,777 282,171 183,526 186,958
Total 430,050 429,123 275,777 282,171 183,526 186,958
Loans 60,930 60,930 33,121 33,121 16,390 16,390
Total 60,930 60,930 33,121 33,121 16,390 16,390
Financial Liabilities at amortised cost:
Borrowings 428,146 427,370 237,009 236,792 138,442 137,750
Total 428,146 427,370 237,009 236,792 138,442 137,750
The Company has not disclosed fair value of financial instruments such as Cash and cash equivalent, trade receivables, other financial assets etc. since their carrying value equals fair value
As at April 01, 2017
Financial Assets at Fair Value through Other
Comprehensive Income:
The following table summarises disclosure of fair value of financial assets and liabilities measured at amortised cost:
Measured at Level 3As at
March 31, 2019
As at
March 31, 2018
As at
April 1, 2017
As at March 31, 2018
The following table summarises financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis :
As at March 31, 2019
146 of 187
Fair value of the Financial intruments measured at amortised cost
D
As at
March 31,
2019
As at
March 31,
2018
As at
April 1, 2017
429,123 282,171 186,958 level 3 discounted cash
flows
NA NA
429,123 282,171 186,958
The fair value of loans given is based on observable market transactions, to the extent available. Wherever the observable market transactions are not available, fair value is
estimated using valuation models, such as discounted cash flow techniques. Input into the valuation techniques includes interest rates, prepayment rates, primary origination or
secondary market spreads. Input into the models may include information obtained from other market participants, which includes observed primary and secondary transactions.
The fair value of borrowings from banks is estimated using discounted cash flow techniques, applying the rates that are offered for deposits of similar maturities and terms. The fair
value of deposits payable on demand is the amount payable at the reporting date.
Valuation
technique(s) and
key input(s)
Loans
Financial Assets at amortised cost (A)
The following table summarises valuation techniques used to determine fair value, fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs ( level 3) and valuation inputs and
relationship to fair value
Financial instruments Fair value as at Fair value
hierarchy
Significant
unobservable
input(s)
Relationship of
unobservable inputs
to fair value
147 of 187
As at
March 31,
2019
As at
March 31,
2018
As at
April 1, 2017
Borrowings 427,370 236,792 137,750
427,370 236,792 137,750
As at
March 31,
2019
As at
March 31,
2018
As at
April 1, 2017
Mutual fund units 60 41 35 Level 2 net asset value net asset value The higher the net
asset value, the higher
the fair value of the
unquoted units
Financial Assets at FVTPL (B) 60 41 35
As at
March 31,
2019
As at
March 31,
2018
As at
April 1, 2017
Loans 60,930 33,121 16,390 Level 3 discounted cash
flows
discounted cash flows The higher the net
asset value, the higher
the fair value of the
unquoted units
Financial Assets at FVTOCI (C) 60,930 33,121 16,390
490,113 315,333 203,383
NA: Not applicable
discounted cash
flows
NA
Financial instruments
NA
Fair value as at Fair value
hierarchy
Valuation
technique(s) and
key input(s)
level 3
There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 and Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy in the year.
Financial Assets at FVTPL Valuation
technique(s) and
key input(s)
Significant
unobservable
input(s)
Total Financial Assets (A) + (B)+(C)
Significant
unobservable
input(s)
Relationship of
unobservable inputs
to fair value
Relationship of
unobservable inputs
to fair value
Significant
unobservable
input(s)
Relationship of
unobservable inputs
to fair value
Financial Assets at FVTOCI Fair value as at Fair value
hierarchy
Valuation
technique(s) and
key input(s)
Fair value as at Fair value
hierarchy
Financial Liabilities at amortised cost
148 of 187
34 Fair values of financial instruments
See accounting policy in Note 2(iii).
E Level 3 fair value measurements
i (Rs. in lakh)
As at March 31, 2018 33,121
Total gains or losses:
in profit or loss -
in OCI (190)
Purchases 45,848
Settlements (17,849)
Transfers into Level 3 -
Transfers out of Level 3 -
As at March 31, 2019 60,930
ii (Rs. in lakh)
For the year ended March 31, 2019
Total gains and losses
recognised in profit or loss: -
Fair value changes :
-Realised -
-Unrealised -
Total gains and losses
recognised in FVTOCI: 190
Total Net gain/(loss) on fair value changes 190
Dividend Income -
Interest Income -
Total 190
iii (Rs. in lakh)
As at April 1, 2017 16,390
Total gains or losses:
in profit or loss -
in OCI 69
Purchases/transfer* 32,044
Settlements (15,382)
Transfers into Level 3 -
Transfers out of Level 3 -
As at March 31, 2018 33,121
iv (Rs. in lakh)
For the year ended March 31, 2018
Total gains and losses
recognised in profit or loss: -
(A) Net Gain / (loss) on financial instruments at fair value through profit or loss
Fair value changes :
-Realised
-Unrealised
Total gains and losses
recognised in FVTOCI: (69)
Total Net gain/(loss) on fair value changes (69)
Dividend Income
Interest Income
Total (69)
Fair value through Profit
or Loss - Loans
The following table shows a reconciliation from the beginning balances to the ending balances for fair value
measurements in Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
Total gains or losses for the year in the above table are presented in the statement of profit or loss and OCI as follows.
Total gains or losses for the year in the above table are presented in the statement of profit or loss and OCI as follows.
Fair value through Profit
or Loss - Loans
Fair value through Profit
or Loss - Loans
Fair value through Profit
or Loss - Loans
149 of 187
35 Financial risk review
For information on the financial risk management framework, see Note 36
A. Credit risk
i. Credit quality analysis
ii. Collateral held and other credit enhancements
iii. Amounts arising from ECL
iv. Concentration of credit risk
B. Liquidity risk
i. Exposure to liquidity risk
ii. Maturity analysis for financial liabilities and financial assets
iii. Financial assets available to support future funding
iv. Financial assets pledged as collateral
C. Market risk
i. Exposure to interest rate risk – Non-trading portfolios
ii. Exposure to currency risks – Non-trading portfolios
D. Capital management
i. Regulatory capital
A. Credit risk
i. Credit quality analysis
This note presents information about the Company's exposure to financial risks and its management of capital.
For the definition of credit risk and information on how credit risk is mitigated by the Company, see Note 36
The following table sets out information about the credit quality of financial assets measured at amortised cost. The
amounts in the table represent gross carrying amounts for financial assets. For loan commitments, the amounts in the
table represent the amounts committed.
Explanation of the terms: 12-month ECL, lifetime ECL and credit-impaired are included in Note 2(ix).
150 of 187
35. Financial risk review(continued)
A. Credit risk
Loans by Division
i.) Credit quality analysis continued
Loan exposure by Financing division
(Rs. in lakh)
LOANS by Division
(i) Term Loans
(ii) Credit Substitutes
(iii) Bills Purchased and Bills discounted
Total - Gross
Less : Impairment loss allowance
The exposure at default (EAD) considered for loan commitments after applying credit conversion factor (CCF) as per RBI norms.
2) Internal ratings based method implemented by the Company for credit quality analysis of Loans
a)
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
203,095 203,095 92,700 92,700 38,280 38,280
287,273 287,273 215,417 36 215,453 160,701 935 161,636
612 612 745 745 -
490,368 612 - 490,980 308,117 781 - 308,898 198,981 935 - 199,916
Note : Gross Carrying amount does not include Loan commitments Rs. 120,851 lakh ( As on March 31, 2018: Rs. 89,737 lakh | As on April 1, 2017: Rs. 70,759 lakh)
PARTICULARS
Total- Net Loans
The table below shows the credit quality and the maximum exposure to credit risk based on the internal credit rating system and year-end stage classification of Loans. The amounts
presented are gross of impairment allowances. Details of the division's internal grading system are explained in Note below and policies on ECL allowances are set out in Note 35 A (iii).
Outstanding Gross LoansAs at March 31, 2019 As at March 31, 2018 As at April 1, 2017
Total
Internal rating grade
Grade 1
Grade 2
Grade 3
Grade 4
As at
April 1, 2017
190,434
8,512
199,916
1,045
970
As at
March 31, 2018
300,341
8,557
As at
March 31, 2019
474,906
16,074
488,824
Note : Gross Carrying amount does not include Loan commitments Rs. 120,851 lakh ( As on March 31, 2018: Rs. 89,737 lakh | As on April 1, 2017: Rs. 70,759 lakh)
-
490,980
2,156
198,871
-
308,898
1,461
307,437
151 of 187
b)
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
925 925 354 354 130 130
1,200 1,200 1065 0 1,065 911 4 915
31 31 42 42 -
- - -
2,125 31 - 2,156 1,419 42 - 1,461 1,041 4 - 1,045
Note : Include impairment allowance on Loan commitments Rs. 281 lakh ( As on March 31, 2018: Rs. 240 lakh | As on April 1, 2017: Rs. 241 lakh)
c)
Note: The Company has a internal rating model mapped to external Crisil rating grades.
3) Days past due based method implemented by Company for credit quality analysis of Loans
a)
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
489,536 612 490,148 308,069 781 308,850 194,911 - 194,911
832 832 48 48 5,005 5,005
- - -
- - -
- - -
490,368 612 - 490,980 308,117 781 - 308,898 199,916 - - 199,916
Note : Gross Carrying amount does not include Loan commitments Rs. 120,851 lakh ( As on March 31, 2018: Rs. 89,737 lakh | As on April 1, 2017: Rs. 70,759 lakh)
b)
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
2,121 31 2,152 1,419 42 1,461 1,026 - 1,026
4 4 0 - 19 19
- - -
- - -
- - -
2,125 31 - 2,156 1,419 42 - 1,461 1,045 - - 1,045
Note : Include impairment allowance on Loan commitments Rs. 281 lakh ( As on March 31, 2018: Rs. 240 lakh | As on April 1, 2017: Rs. 241 lakh)
Total
Total
Impairment allowance on
Loans
As at March 31, 2019 As at March 31, 2018
Zero overdue
1-29 days
30-59 days
60-89 days
90 or more days
As at April 1, 2017
Days past due
Days past due
Zero overdue
1-29 days
30-59 days
60-89 days
90 or more days
The table below shows the credit quality and the maximum exposure to credit risk based on the days past due and year-end stage classification of Loans. The amounts presented are gross
of impairment allowances.
Outstanding Gross LoansAs at March 31, 2019 As at March 31, 2018 As at April 1, 2017
Definition
AAA to A
BBB | BBB- | BBB+
BB | BB+ | BB-
D
highest level of security is available. Account has satisfactory performance
adequate level of security. Account has satisfactory performance
Impairment allowance on
Loans
As at March 31, 2019 As at March 31, 2018
Ratings as per internal rating method
As at April 1, 2017
Internal rating grade
Grade 1
Grade 2
Grade 3
Grade 1
Grade 2
Grade 3
Grade 4
Grade 4
Total
Internal rating grades
Account has shown significant deterioration in performance
Account has defaulted
152 of 187
35. Financial risk review(continued)
A. Credit risk
Loans by Division
c) Credit quality analysis continued
Days past
due
Estimated gross
carrying amount at
default
Expected
probability of
default
Expected
credit losses
Carrying amount net
of impairment
provision
0 489,536 0% 2,121 487,415
1-29 832 0% 4 828
Total 490,368 0% 2,125 488,243
0 612 0% 31 581
30-59 0 0% 0 0
60-89 0 0% 0 0
Total 612 0% 31 581
90 days
and above
0 0% 0 0
Total 490,980 0% 2,156 488,824
As at
March 31, 2019
Asset group
Loss allowance measured at
12 month expected credit
losses
Financial assets for
which credit risk has not
increased significantly
since initial recognition
Loans, Credit
Substitutes
Loss allowance measured at
life-time expected credit
losses
Financial assets for
which credit risk has
increased significantly
and not credit-impaired
Loans, Credit
Substitutes
Financial assets for
which credit risk has
increased significantly
and
credit-impaired
Loans, Credit
Substitutes
153 of 187
Days past
due
Estimated gross
carrying amount at
default
Expected
probability of
default
Expected
credit losses
Carrying amount net
of impairment
provision
0 308,069 0% 1419 306,650
1-29 48 0% 0 48
Total 308,117 0% 1,419 306,698
0 781 0% 42 739
30-59 0 0% 0 0
60-89 0 0% 0 0
Total 781 0% 42 739
90 days
and above
0 0% 0 0
Total 308,898 0% 1,461 307,437
Days past
due
Estimated gross
carrying amount at
default
Expected
probability of
default
Expected
credit losses
Carrying amount net
of impairment
provision
0 194,911 1% 1026 193,885
1-29 5,005 0% 19 4,986
Total 199,916 1% 1,045 198,871
0 0 0% 0 0
30-59 0 0% 0 0
60-89 0 0% 0 0
Total 0 0% 0 0
90 days
and above
0 0% 0 0
Total 199,916 1% 1,045 198,871
4 Disclosure of Net Carrying Value of Loans carried at amotised cost & FVTOCI
PARTICULARS
As at
March 31, 2019
As at
April 1, 2017
LOANS
- Amortised Cost 430,050 183,526
- At Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income 60,930 16,390
Total - Gross Loans 490,980 199,916
Less: Un-Amortized Processing Fees 2,306 771
Total - Carrying Value of Loans 488,674 199,145
Less : Impairment Allowance 2,156 1,045
Total - Net Loans 486,518 198,100
1,461
306,390
As at
March 31, 2018
275,777
33,121
308,898
1,047
307,851
As at April 1, 2017 Asset group
Loss allowance measured at
12 month expected credit
losses
Financial assets for
which credit risk has not
increased significantly
Loans, Credit
Substitutes
Loss allowance measured at
life-time expected credit
losses
Financial assets for
which credit risk has
increased significantly
and not credit-impaired
Loans, Credit
Substitutes
Financial assets for
which credit risk has
Loans, Credit
Substitutes
As at March 31, 2018 Asset group
Loss allowance measured at
12 month expected credit
losses
Financial assets for
which credit risk has not
increased significantly
Loans, Credit
Substitutes
Loss allowance measured at
life-time expected credit
losses
Financial assets for
which credit risk has
increased significantly
and not credit-impaired
Loans, Credit
Substitutes
Financial assets for
which credit risk has
Loans, Credit
Substitutes
154 of 187
35. Financial risk review(continued)
A. Credit risk
ii Collateral and other credit enhancements
Total
Particulars Category of collateral available
Charge on assets and cash flows of the underlying solar and road
projects
Financial assets
Loans
Bills purchased and bills discounted
Term loans
Credit substitutes (refer note 7(a) below)
The Company holds collateral and other credit enhancements against certain of its credit exposures
The amount and type of collateral required depends on an assessment of the credit risk of the counterparty.
The main types of collateral obtained are as follows:
The term loans are secured by charge on assets and cash flows of the underlying solar and road projects
The table represents categories of collaterals available against the loan exposures:
155 of 187
35. Financial risk review(continued)
A. Credit risk
iii Amounts arising from ECL
Impairment allowance on financial asset is covered in note (ix)
Inputs, assumptions and estimation techniques used for estimating ECL
1) Inputs:
When determining whether the risk of default on a financial instrument has increased significantly since initial recognition, the
Company considers reasonable and supportable information that is relevant and available without undue cost or effort. This
includes both quantitative and qualitative information and analysis based on the Company’s historical experience, expert credit
assessment and including forward looking information.
The Company allocates each exposure to a credit risk grade based on days past due (DPD), which is a quantitative factor that
indicates the risk of default. The determination of the probability of default is based on internal ratings mapped against the
external ratings in absence of actual history of default. Additional qualitative factors are applied such as fraudulent customer
and reschedulement of loans. Further, accounts identified as high risk by the Risk team qualifies for classification as stage 2
since there is increase in credit risk.
The objective of the ECL assessment is to identify whether a significant increase in credit risk has occurred for an exposure by
comparing the remaining lifetime probability of default (PD) as at the reporting date; with the remaining lifetime PD for this
point in time that was estimated at the time of initial recognition of the exposure and adjusted for changes on account of
prepayments.
In assessing the impairment of loan assets under Expected Credit Loss (ECL) Model, the loans have been segmented into three
stages based on the risk profiles. The three stages reflect the general pattern of credit deterioration of a financial instrument.
156 of 187
Refer note 2(ix) in Significant accounting policies for definition of Stages of Asset
2) Assumptions:
The Company has applied following assumptions for determination of ECL.
1) "Loss given default" (LGD) is an estimate of loss from a transaction given that a default occurs.
2) "Probability of default" (PD) is defined as the probability of whether the borrowers will default on their obligations in
the future. For assets which are in Stage 1, a 12-month PD is required. For Stage 2 assets a lifetime PD is required
while Stage 3 assets are considered to have a 100% PD.
3) "Exposure at default" (EAD) represents the expected exposure in the event of a default and is the gross carrying amount
in case of the financial assets held by the Company including loan commitments.
4) Definition of default: A default on a financial asset is when the counterparty fails to make the contractual payments
within 90 days of when they fall due. Accordingly, the financial assets shall be classified as Stage 3, if on the reporting
date, it has been 90 days past due. Further if the customer has requested forbearance in repayment terms, such
restructured, rescheduled or renegotiated accounts are also classified as Stage 3. Non-payment on another obligation of
the same customer is also considered as a stage 3.
5) Forward looking information
The Company incorporates forward looking information into both assessments of whether the credit risk of an
instrument has increased significantly since its initial recognition and its measurement of ECL. Based on the
consideration of a variety of external actual and forecast information, the Company forms a ‘base case’ view of the
future direction of relevant economic variables such as real GDP, domestic credit growth, money market interest rate
etc. as well as a representative range of other possible forecast scenarios. This process involves developing two or more
157 of 187
additional economic scenarios and considering the relative probabilities of each outcome. The base case represents a
most likely outcome while the other scenarios represent more optimistic and more pessimistic outcomes. More weight
is applied to pessimistic outcome consistently as a matter of prudence than optimistic outcome.
The below table indicates the macro economic variables used for determination of the One year probability of default
and life time probability of default:
Marco economic
parameters used*
Measurement metric
( % change / value)
year wise macro economic parameters across base,
optimistic and pessimistic
Year 1 Year 2 Year 3 Year 4 Year 5
a) Private consumption, Private consumption
(% real change pa) Base 7.60 7.50 8.50 8.10 7.38
Optimistic 8.08 7.98 8.98 8.58 7.86
Pessimistic 7.12 7.02 8.02 7.62 6.90
b) contribution to real
GDP growth/Real GDP
Real GDP
(% change pa) Base 7.70 7.40 7.60 7.80 7.41
Optimistic 8.22 7.92 8.12 8.32 7.93
Pessimistic 7.18 6.88 7.08 7.28 6.89
c) Lending interest rate, Lending Interest Rate (%) Base 9.60 9.00 9.10 9.30 9.89
Optimistic 9.91 9.31 9.41 9.61 10.20
Pessimistic 9.29 8.69 8.79 8.99 9.58
Note: The Company has applied more weights to the pessimistic case as compared to the Optimistic case while
computing the probability of default.
6) Assessment of significant increase in credit risk
The credit risk on a financial asset of the Company are assumed to have increased significantly since initial recognition
when contractual payments are more than 30 days past due. Additional qualitative factors are applied such as fraudulent
customer and reschedulement of loans. Further, accounts identified as high risk by the Risk team qualifies for
158 of 187
classification as stage 2 since there is increase in credit risk. Accordingly, the financial assets shall be classified as Stage
2, based on the quantitative as well as qualitative factors.
3) Estimation techniques:
The Company has applied the following estimation technique for ECL model:
1) The Company has used historic default rates for calculating the 12-month PD and Lifetime PDs
2) Loss given default is calculated after considering outstanding at the time of default and adjusting for actual recoveries
basis time value of money, absent availability of internal data we have used information to the extent available from
Basel norms.
i) Credit risk monitoring techniques
Exposures are subject to ongoing monitoring, which may indicate that a significant increase in credit risk has occurred on
an exposure. The monitoring typically involves use of the following data for Corporate:
ii) Overdue status
iii) Restructuring, reschedulement of loans and requests for granting of forbearance
iv) Fraudulent customer
v) Marked as high risk by the Risk Management Committee
vi) Techniques for determining PD
vii) Information published in the Basel IRB (Basel internal rating based approach refers to set of credit measurement
techniques proposed by the Basel committee on Bank Supervision ( BCBS) for capital adequacy purpose) norms is
also used.
159 of 187
Based on advice from the external risk management experts, the Company considered variety of external actual and forecast
information to formulate a ‘base case’ view of the future direction of relevant economic variables as well as a representative
range of other possible forecast scenarios. Such forecasts are adjusted to estimate the PDs.
Predicted relationships between the key indicators and default and loss rates on various portfolios of financial assets have
been developed based on analysing historical data.
A maximum of a 12-month PD or actual contractual tenure is considered for financial assets for which credit risk has not
significantly increased. The Company measures ECL for stage 2 and stage 3 assets considering the risk of default over the
maximum contractual period over which it is exposed to credit risk.
The portfolio is subject to regular review to ensure that exposures within a particular group remain appropriately
homogeneous.
For portfolios in respect of which the Company has limited historical data, external benchmark information is used to
supplement the internally available data.
viii) Techniques for determining LGD:
LGD is the magnitude of the likely loss if there is a default. The Company estimates LGD parameters based on the history
of recovery rates against defaulted counterparties. The LGD models consider the cash flow received, assets received in lieu
of settlement of loan and collateral available for subsequent recovery that is integral to the financial asset. LGD estimates
are calculated on a discounted cash flow basis using the internal rate of return as the discounting factor. Absent observed
history of default, LGD applied is based on Basel IRB norms.
ix) Techniques for computation of EAD
a) EAD represents the expected exposure in the event of a default. The Company derives the EAD from the current
exposure to the counterparty and potential changes to the current amount allowed under the contract including
160 of 187
amortisation. The EAD of a financial asset is its gross carrying amount. For lending commitments, the EAD includes
the amount drawn, as well as potential future amounts that may be drawn under the contract, which are estimated based
on credit conversion factor prescribed by RBI for various loan commitments. For financial assets in stage 2, EAD is
determined by estimating the possible exposure in future using linear amortisation techniques.
b) For undrawn loan commitments, the ECL is the difference between the present value of the difference between the
contractual cash flows that are due to the Company if the holder of the commitment draws down the loan and the cash
flows that the Company expects to receive if the loan is drawn down. Outstanding exposure for utilised limit as well as
un-utilised limit post applying the credit conversion factor as prescribed under RBI guidelines, absent availability of
information of past history of conversion of un-utilised limits into utilised limits is considered as exposure at default for
non-fund based facilities.
161 of 187
35. Financial risk review(continued)
A. Credit risk
iii
a)
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
308,117 781 - 308,898 198,981 935 - 199,916
292,583 - - 292,583 199,554 - - 199,554
(110,344) (132) - (110,476) (90,418) (154) - (90,572)
11 (36) - (25) - - - 0
- - - - - - - 0
- - - - - - - 0
- - - - - - - 0
490,367 613 - 490,980 308,117 781 - 308,898
b)
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
1,420 41 - 1,461 1,041 4 - 1,045
1,227 - - 1,227 878 37 - 915
(522) (10) - (532) (499) (0) - (499)
0 (0) - - - - - -
- - - - - - -
- - - - - - -
- - - - - - - -
2,125 31 - 2,156 1,420 41 - 1,461
Transfers to Stage 2
Transfers to Stage 3
Amounts written off
As at March 31, 2018
ECL allowance - opening balance
New assets originated or purchased
Assets derecognised or repaid (excluding write offs)
Transfers to Stage 1
ECL allowance - closing balance
Gross carrying amount closing balance
Amounts written off
Amounts arising from ECL
An analysis of changes in the gross carrying amount and the corresponding ECL allowances in relation to lending is, as follows:
ParticularsAs at March 31, 2019 As at March 31, 2018
Gross carrying amount opening balance
New assets originated or purchased
Assets derecognised or repaid (excluding write offs)
Transfers to Stage 1
Transfers to Stage 2
Transfers to Stage 3
ParticularsAs at March 31, 2019
162 of 187
iv) Concentration of Credit Risk
a)
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
474,294 612 - 474,906 299,560 781 - 300,341 189,499 935 - 190,434
16,074 - - 16,074 8,557 - - 8,557 8,512 - - 8,512
- - - - - - - - 970 - - 970
490,368 612 - 490,980 308,117 781 - 308,898 198,981 935 - 199,916
Note : Gross Carrying amount does not include Loan commitments Rs. 120,851 lakh ( As on March 31, 2018: Rs. 89,737 lakh | As on April 1, 2017: Rs. 70,759 lakh)
b)
Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total Stage 1 Stage 2 Stage 3 Total
2,055 31 2,086 1,380 42 - 1,422 994 4 - 998
70 70 39 - - 39 39 - - 39
- - - - 8 - - 8
2,125 31 - 2,156 1,419 42 - 1,461 1,041 4 - 1,045
B. Liquidity risk
i. Exposure to liquidity risk
As at March 31, 2018
Total
As at April 1, 2017
Term Loans
Credit Substitutes
Bills Purchased and
Bills discounted
The table below shows the credit quality based on credit concentration and the maximum exposure to credit risk based on the days past due and year-end stage classification of
Loans. The amounts presented are gross of impairment allowances.
For the definition of liquidity risk and information on how liquidity risk is managed by the Company, see Note 36.
The Company has set tolerance limits in the light of the Company’s business objectives, strategic direction and overall risk appetite. The tolerance limits reflects balance between
profitability and managing liquidity risk and considers Company’s current financial condition and funding capacity. The Company maintains liquidity buffer of unencumbered
highly liquid assets (if required) to insure against liquidity stress events.
Outstanding Gross
Loans
As at March 31, 2019 As at March 31, 2018 As at April 1, 2017
Term Loans
Credit Substitutes
Bills Purchased and
Bills discounted
Total
Impairment allowance
on Loans
As at March 31, 2019
163 of 187
35.
B. Liquidity risk
ii. Maturity analysis for financial liabilities and financial assets
As at
March 31, 2019
Note Carrying
amount
Gross
nominal
inflow/(outflow)
Less
than
1 month
1–3
months
3 months
–1 year
1–5
years
More
than
5 years
upto 1
Year
more than
1 Year
Financial liability by type
Non-derivative liabilities
Trade payables 12 423 423 - 423 423 -
Debt securities issued 13 78,772 78,772 2,500 12,772 62,500 1,000 15,272 63,500
Borrowings 14 349,642 349,642 98,795 86,944 62,336 76,965 24,602 248,075 101,567
Subordinated liabilities - - -
External commercial borrowings - -
Other financial liabilities 15 4,919 4,919 4,240 679 4,919 -
Issued loan commitments - -
Derivative liabilities
Total 433,756 433,756 103,035 90,546 75,108 139,465 25,602 268,689 165,067
Market Borrowings 231,480 231,480 37,469 59,586 36,483 72,340 25,602 133,538 97,942
Bank borrowings 196,934 196,934 61,326 29,858 38,625 67,125 - 129,809 67,125
Total Borrowings 428,414 428,414 98,795 89,444 75,108 139,465 25,602 263,347 165,067
Financial asset by type
Non-derivative assets
Cash and cash equivalents 4 31,792 31,792 31,792 31,792 -
Bank balances - - - -
Receivables 5 34 34 34 34 -
Loans 6 490,980 490,980 9,466 24,626 126,152 134,109 196,627 160,244 330,736
Investments 7 60 60 60 - 60
Other Financial Assets 8 292 292 3 6 283 9 283
Derivative assets
Total 523,158 523,158 41,261 24,666 126,152 134,392 196,687 192,079 331,079
Financial risk review(continued)
The following tables set out the remaining contractual maturities of the Company's financial liabilities and financial assets:
164 of 187
35.
B. Liquidity risk
ii. Maturity analysis for financial liabilities and financial assets
As at
March 31, 2018
Note Carrying
amount
Gross
nominal
inflow/(outflow)
Less
than
1 month
1–3
months
3 months
–1 year
1–5
years
More
than
5 years
upto 1
Year
more than
1 Year
Financial liability by type
Non-derivative liabilities
Trade payables 12 285 285 285 285 -
Debt securities issued 13 82,776 82,776 5,000 6,000 18,500 52,276 1,000 29,500 53,276
Borrowings 14 154,282 154,282 4,739 54,241 35,844 59,458 94,824 59,458
Subordinated liabilities - - -
External commercial borrowings - -
Other financial liabilities 15 5,193 5,193 4,750 443 5,193 -
Issued loan commitments - -
Derivative liabilities
Total 242,536 242,536 14,489 60,969 54,344 111,734 1,000 129,802 112,734
Market Borrowings 157,008 157,008 7,246 27,508 38,978 82,276 1,000 73,732 83,276
Bank borrowings 80,050 80,050 2,493 32,733 15,366 29,458 - 50,592 29,458
Total Borrowings 237,058 237,058 9,739 60,241 54,344 111,734 1,000 124,324 112,734
Financial asset by type
Non-derivative assets
Cash and cash equivalents 4 711 711 711 711 -
Bank balances - - - -
Receivables 5 23 23 23 23 -
Loans 6 308,898 308,898 6,914 14,940 97,694 98,329 91,021 119,548 189,350
Investments 7 41 41 41 - 41
Other Financial Assets 8 266 266 11 255 11 255
Derivative assets
Total 309,939 309,939 7,636 14,963 97,694 98,584 91,062 120,293 189,646
Financial risk review(continued)
The following tables set out the remaining contractual maturities of the Company's financial liabilities and financial assets:
165 of 187
35.
B. Liquidity risk
ii. Maturity analysis for financial liabilities and financial assets
As at
April 1, 2017
Note Carrying
amount
Gross
nominal
inflow/(outflow)
Less
than
1 month
1–3
months
3 months
–1 year
1–5
years
More
than
5 years
upto 1
Year
more than
1 Year
Financial liability by type
Non-derivative liabilities
Trade payables 12 335 335 335 335 -
Debt securities issued 13 42,500 42,500 9,000 7,500 26,000 16,500 26,000
Borrowings 14 95,973 95,973 1,778 29,874 55,904 8,417 87,556 8,417
Subordinated liabilities - - -
External commercial borrowings - -
Other financial liabilities 15 3,352 3,352 3,059 293 3,352 -
Issued loan commitments - -
Derivative liabilities
Total 142,160 142,160 4,837 39,502 63,404 34,417 - 107,743 34,417
Market Borrowings 100,500 100,500 1,500 38,874 34,126 26,000 - 74,500 26,000
Bank borrowings 37,973 37,973 278 - 29,278 8,417 - 29,556 8,417
Total Borrowings 138,473 138,473 1,778 38,874 63,404 34,417 - 104,056 34,417
Financial asset by type
Non-derivative assets
Cash and cash equivalents 4 1,434 1,434 1,434 1,434 -
Bank balances - - - -
Receivables 5 7 7 7 7 -
Loans 6 199,916 199,916 1,716 42,239 13,679 52,223 90,059 57,634 142,282
Investments 7 35 35 35 - 35
Other Financial Assets 8 5 5 4 1 4 1
Derivative assets
Total 201,397 201,397 3,161 42,239 13,679 52,224 90,094 59,079 142,318
Financial risk review(continued)
The following tables set out the remaining contractual maturities of the Company's financial liabilities and financial assets:
166 of 187
35.
B. Liquidity risk
ii. Maturity analysis of assets and liabilities
Within 12
months
After 12
months Total
Within 12
months
After 12
months Total
Within 12
months
After 12
months Total
31,792 - 31,792 711 - 711 1,434 - 1,434 34 - 34 23 - 23 7 - 7
160,244 330,736 490,980 119,548 189,350 308,898 57,634 142,282 199,916 - 60 60 - 41 41 - 35 35
9 283 292 11 255 266 4 1 5 - - -
547 - 547 231 - 231 146 - 146
- 1,527 1,527 - 837 837 - 625 625
- 235 235 - 246 246 - 257 257
- 23 23 - 29 29 - 25 25
- - - - - - - - -
38 74 112 36 109 145 22 20 42
- - - - - - - -
192,664 332,938 525,602 120,560 190,867 311,427 59,247 143,245 202,492
Property, Plant and Equipment
Other Intangible assets
Other non-financial assets
Asset held for sale
Total Assets
Investment property
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalentsTrade ReceivablesLoans
InvestmentsOther financial assetsNon-financial Assets
Current tax asset
Deferred tax Assets (Net)
ASSETS
Financial risk review(continued)
The following tables set out the remaining contractual maturities of the Company's financial liabilities and financial assets:
As at March 31, 2019 As at March 31, 2018 As at April 1, 2017
167 of 187
Within 12
months
After 12
months Total
Within 12
months
After 12
months Total
Within 12
months
After 12
months Total
423 - 423 285 - 285 335 - 335
15,214 63,336 78,550 29,484 53,262 82,746 16,485 25,987 42,472
248,033 101,563 349,596 94,806 59,457 154,263 87,555 8,415 95,970
4,919 - 4,919 5,193 - 5,193 3,352 - 3,352
- - - - - - 23 - 23 331 1,921 2,252 306 1,198 1,504 187 893 1,080
- - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - -
812 2,492 3,304 383 782 1,165 225 606 831
269,732 169,312 439,044 130,457 114,699 245,156 108,162 35,901 144,063
(77,068) 163,626 86,558 (9,897) 76,168 66,271 (48,915) 107,344 58,429
As at March 31, 2019 As at March 31, 2018 As at April 1, 2017
Other non financial
liabilities(to be specified)
Total liabilities
Borrowings (Other than debt
securities)
LIABILITIES
Financial Liabilities
Derivative financial
instruments
Trade Payables(i) total outstanding dues of
creditors other than micro
enterprises and small
enterprises
Debt Securities
Net
Other financial liabilities(to be
specified)
Non-Financial Liabilities
Current tax liabilityProvisionsDeferred tax liabilities (Net)
Liability and disposal groups
held for sale
168 of 187
35.
B. Liquidity risk
ii. Maturity analysis for financial liabilities and financial assets
The amounts in the table above have been compiled as follows.
B. Liquidity risk
iii. Financial assets pledge / not pledge
Details of assets pledged / not pledged as securities are as follows
-
Pledged Not
Pledged Total Pledged
Not
Pledged Total Pledged
Not
Pledged Total
- 31,792 31,792 - 711 711 - 1,434 1,434
- - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - -
- 34 34 - 23 23 - 7 7
490,980 - 490,980 308,898 - 308,898 199,916 - 199,916
- 60 60 - 41 41 - 35 35
- 292 292 - 266 266 - 5 5
- 547 547 - 231 231 - 146 146
- 1,527 1,527 - 837 837 - 625 625
235 - 235 246 - 246 257 - 257
- 23 23 - 29 29 - 25 25
- - - - - - - - -
- 112 112 - 145 145 - 42 42
- - - - - - - - -
491,215 34,387 525,602 309,144 2,283 311,427 200,173 2,319 202,492 Total Assets
ASSETS
Property, Plant and Equipment
Other Intangible assets
Other non-financial assets
Asset held for sale
Investment property
Financial assets
Cash and cash equivalents
Bank Balance other than (a) above
Derivatives financial instruments
Trade Receivables
As at April 1, 2017
Other financial assets
The Company's expected cash flows on some financial assets and financial liabilities vary significantly from the contractual cash flows. The
principal differences are as follows:
a) Unrecognised loan commitments are not all expected to be drawn down immediately; and
b) Term loans have an original contractual maturity of between 12 and 180 months but an average expected maturity of 36 months because
customers take advantage of early repayment options.
Deferred tax Assets (Net)
Non-financial Assets
Earliest possible contractual maturity. For issued financial guarantee contracts, the maximum
amount of the guarantee is allocated to the earliest period in which the guarantee could be
called.
For unrecognised loan commitments, earliest possible period in which the loan commitments
is expected to be disbursed.
Loans
Current tax asset
Investments
Financial risk review(continued)
As at March 31, 2019 As at March 31, 2018
Issued financial guarantee contracts, and
unrecognised loan commitments
Type of financial instrument
Non-derivative financial liabilities and financial
assets
Undiscounted cash flows, which include estimated interest payments.
Basis on which amounts are compiled
The Company maintains agreed lines of credit with other banks to maintain the liquidity requirements.
169 of 187
35.
C. Market risk
i
Carrying amount In Lakhs
Assets subject to market risk
Cash and cash equivalents 4 31,792 711 1,434
Bank balances - - -
Receivables 5 34 23 7
Loans 6 490,980 308,898 199,916
Investments 7 60 41 35
Other Financial Assets 8 292 266 5
Liabilities subject to market risk
Trade payables 12 423 285 335
Debt securities issued 13 78,550 82,746 42,472
Borrowings 14 349,596 154,263 95,970
Other financial liabilities 15 4,919 5,193 3,352
ii Exposure to interest rate risk – Non-trading portfolios (continued)
Company carries out EAR model analysis for rate sensitive asset and liabilities
Below table illustrates impact on 100 bps change on Rate sensitive asset and Rate sensitive liability
As at March 31, 2019 (Rs. in lakh)
Rate sensitive Less than 1 Year @ 100bps
change
increase
@
100bps
change
decrease
Rate Sensitive Asset 492,358 2,462 (2,462)
Rate Sensitive Liabilities 335,844 1,679 (1,679)
Net Gap ( Asset - liability) 156,514 783 (783)
As at March 31, 2018 (Rs. in lakh)
Rate sensitive Less than 1 Year @ 100bps
change
increase
@
100bps
change
decrease
Rate Sensitive Asset 309,158 1,546 (1,546)
Rate Sensitive Liabilities 149,503 748 (748)
Net Gap ( Asset - liability) 159,655 798 (798)
As at March 31, 2017 (Rs. in lakh)
Rate sensitive Less than 1 Year @ 100bps
change
increase
@
100bps
change
decrease
Rate Sensitive Asset 198,731 994 (994)
Rate Sensitive Liabilities 113,954 570 (570)
Net Gap ( Asset - liability) 84,777 424 (424)
There are no exposure to foreign currency risks in the non trading portfolio
iii. Exposure to currency risks – Non-trading portfolios
Financial risk review(continued)
For the definition of market risk and information on how the company manages the market risks of trading
and non-trading portfolios, see Note 36(D).
The following table sets out the allocation of assets and liabilities to non-trading portfolios. The Company
does not allocate the assets and liabilities to trading portfolios.
Market risk measure
Note As at
March 31, 2019
As at
March 31, 2018
As at
April 1, 2017
170 of 187
35.
D. Capital management
i Regulatory capital
Amt. in lakh
As at
March 31,
2019
As at
March 31,
2018
As at
April 1,
2017
Ind AS Ind AS Ind AS
38,802 35,576 35,576
22,029 15,265 15,265
14,898 8,242 3,820
5,279 3,235 1,654
special reserve u/s 36 (1) (viii) 5,105 3,591 1,930
15 3 -
Less
(269) (49) (31)
(95) (107) (17)
(1,527) (837) (625)
Tier I Capital 84,237 64,919 57,572
Subordinate Debt - - -
Standard Asset prov'n 2,156 1,461 1,045
Perpetual debt - - -
Tier II Capital 2,156 1,461 1,045
Tier I + Tier II Capital 86,393 66,380 58,617
Financial risk review(continued)
The Reserve Bank of India (RBI) sets and monitors capital adequacy requirements for the Company from time to
time.
The Company's regulatory capital consists of the sum of the following elements.
Tier 1 Capital includes:
1) ordinary share capital,
2) securities premium account,
3) retained earnings,
4) special reserve
5) retained earnings
6) general reserve
Tier 1 Capital does not include:
a) unrealised fair value gain booked for financial instruments measured at fair value through profit and loss
statement; and
b) shares option outstanding account;
c) Remeasurement gain/loss of defined employee benefit plans
d) Fair value gain / (loss) on Financial Assets carried at FVTOCI
Following items are deducted from Tier I
a) Intangibles
b) Deferred revenue expenditure for raising borrowings
c) Deferred tax assets
d) Prepaid expenses and unamortised direct sourcing cost
Tier II capital includes
1) subordinated debt
2) impairment allowance provisioning for stage 1 and stage 2 financial assets to the extent the same does not
exceed 1.25% of Risk weighted assets (standard asset provisions)
3) perpetual debt to the extent not eligible for Tier I.
Tier 1 capital
Ordinary share capital
Securities premium reserve
Retained earnings
-Deferred Tax Asset
The Company has complied with the minimum stipulated capital requirements for Tier I and Tier II as applicable
for the relevant financial years as per regulatory norms.
The Board of Directors (BOD) has authorised the Asset and Liability Management Committee (ALCO) to review
the Capital requirement. Treasury team closely monitors the Tier I and Tier II capital requirement of the Company
and reports to ALCO. The Company endeavour to maintain a balance between ensuring high level of return on
capital employed and securing strong capital base.
special reserve u/s 45 IC
general reserve
-Deferred Revenue Expenditure
-Prepaid Expenses
171 of 187
36. Financial risk management
A. Introduction and overview;
Financial instruments of the Company has to credit risk, liquidity risk, market risks and operational risk.
1. The following chart provides a link between the Company’s business units and the principal risks that they are exposed
to:
2. Company’s Risk Management framework for measuring and managing risk:
i. Risk management framework:
The Company’s Board of Directors has overall responsibility for the establishment and oversight of the risk management
framework.
Company
Treasury team
(monitor borrowings and investments)
Risk and Credit team
(Risk monitoring)
Liquidity Risk | Operating Risk |
Interest Rate Risk
Credit Risk
Operating Risk
172 of 187
The Board of Directors has constituted following committees and defined their role for monitoring the risk management
policies of the Company.
a) Finance and Asset Liability Supervisory Committee (ALCO): Review of the Asset and Liability position, liquidity risk
and market risk of the Company.
b) Risk Management Committee: Review of the credit risk, operational risk and fraud risk management of the Company.
Operational risk management committee(ORMC) reviews operational risk as per the Operational risk management
framework. Fraud risk management committee (FRMC) reviews matters of frauds committed by employee, customer
and vendors.
c) Credit Committee(CC): Review of the credit proposal of the Company and oversight of credit risk. A separate
Managing Credit Committee(MCC) reports to the Credit Committee, is responsible for managing the credit risk of the
Company.
The Company's risk management policies are established to identify and analyse the risks faced by the Company, to set
appropriate risk limits and controls, and to monitor risks and adherence to limits. The risk management policies and
systems are reviewed regularly to reflect changes in the market conditions and the activities of the Company. The
Company, through its training and management standards and procedures, aims to develop a disciplined and constructive
control environment in which all employees understand their roles and obligations. The Risk Management Committee
oversees how the management monitors compliance with the risk management policies and procedures, and reviews the
adequacy of the risk management framework in relation to the risks faced by the Company. The Audit Committee is
assisted in its oversight role by Internal Audit. Internal Audit undertakes both regular and adhoc reviews of risk
management controls and procedures, the results of which are reported to the Audit Committee.
173 of 187
Sources of risk which the Company is exposed to and how the same is managed is illustrated in the table below:
Risk Exposure arising from Measurement Management
Credit risk Financial asset measured at
amortised cost.
Review of ageing analysis and credit
rating of the customer. Annual review
of the Customer account as per the
Credit monitoring policy of the
company.
Granularity of portfolio and
customer segment.
Liquidity risk Borrowings and other
liabilities
Rolling cash flow forecasts Availability of committed
bank lines and borrowing
facilities
Market risk –
interest rate
Long-term borrowings at
variable rates
Sensitivity analysis for rate sensitive
assets and liabilities
Managing the borrowing
mix between market and
bank borrowing.
The Company’s Credit risk and market risk management for lending business is carried out by the Credit and Risk
management team and the liquidity and market risk management for the sources of funds is carried out by a treasury
department as per the policies approved by the board of directors. Treasury identifies, evaluates and mitigates financial
risks in close co-operation with the Company’s operating units. ALCO provides written principles for overall risk
management, as well as policies covering specific areas, such as interest rate risk, use of derivative financial instruments
and investment of excess liquidity.
3) The Risk management approach of the Company for handling the various type of risks are as follows:
A) Credit risk;
174 of 187
i) means the risk of loss that may occur from the failure of any party to abide by the terms and conditions of any
contract, principally the failure to make required payments of amounts due to us. In its lending operations, the
Company is principally exposed to credit risk.
ii. Management of Credit risk:
The credit risk is governed by the credit policy approved by the Credit Committee. The credit policy outlines the type of
products that can be offered, customer categories, the targeted customer profile, credit approval process and limits and
credit monitoring.
The Company measures, monitors and manages credit risk at an individual borrower level and at the group exposure level
for corporate borrowers. The Company has a structured and standardized credit approval process, which includes a well-
established procedure of comprehensive credit appraisal. The Credit monitoring team verifies adherence to the terms of the
credit approval prior to the commitment and disbursement of credit facilities and monitors deferral of the security
perfection. The Risk Management Policy addresses the recognition, measurement, monitoring and reporting of the Credit
risk.
The Company has additionally taken the following measures for risk management;
1) single party and group borrower limit.
2) establishment of a separate credit monitoring team to enhance focus on monitoring of borrowers and to facilitate
proactive action wherever required.
For risk management reporting purposes, the Company considers and consolidates all elements of credit risk exposure –
e.g. individual obligor default risk, customer type industry risk, market risk, geography risk and sector risk.
iii Governance framework of the company:
The role of the Managing Credit Committee encompasses the following activities:
175 of 187
a) formulating credit policies in consultation with business units, covering collateral requirements, credit assessment, risk
grading and reporting, documentary and legal procedures, setting and adherence to internal and regulatory threshold
limits and compliance with regulatory and statutory requirements;
b) establishing the authorisation structure for the approval and renewal of credit facilities. Authorisation limits are
allocated to business unit credit officers. Credit Committee (CC) approves loan proposal above threshold limit as per
the credit policy. Review and assessment of credit risk is done by the Credit Team. Risk team lays down policies for
risk management;
c) Renewal and review of the facility is subject to the same review process;
d) Limiting concentration of exposure to counterparty, geography and industry for loans and advances;
e) Developing and maintaining the Company's risk grading to categorise exposures according to the degree of risk of
default. The current risk grading framework of the company is based on the internal rating reflecting varying degrees of
risk of default and mapped to the external CRISIL ratings.
The responsibility for setting risk grades lies with the final approving executive or committee, as appropriate. Risk
grades are subject to regular reviews by Risk Management Committee;
The below table illustrates the varying degrees of risk of default associated within the respective risk grades for CSFD:
Internal rating
grades Ratings as per internal rating method Definition
Grade 1
AAA to A highest level of security is available. Account has satisfactory
performance
Grade 2 BBB | BBB- | BBB+ adequate level of security. Account has satisfactory performance
Grade 3 BB | BB+ | BB- Account has shown significant deterioration in performance
Grade 4 D Account has defaulted
176 of 187
f) Developing and maintaining the Company’s processes for measuring ECL for the Company for managing the following
requirements:
1) initial approval, regular validation and back-testing of the models used;
2) incorporation of forward-looking information;
3) reviewing compliance of business units with agreed exposure limits to products, state and sector;
4) regular reports on the credit quality of product portfolio are provided to Credit Committee, which may require
appropriate corrective action to be taken;
5) these include reports containing inputs, estimates and techniques of ECL allowances; and
6) providing advice, guidance and specialist skills to business units to promote best practice throughout the Company
in the management of credit risk.
7) assess criteria of staging of the assets under qualitative parameters.
Each business unit is required to implement Company’s credit policies and procedures, with credit approval authorities
delegated from the Credit Committee. Each business unit has a Chief Credit Risk Officer who reports on all credit-related
matters to Credit Committee and Chief Risk officer. Each business unit is responsible for the quality and performance of its
credit portfolio and for monitoring and controlling all credit risks in its portfolios, including those subject to approval of
Credit Committee. Regular audits of business units and credit processes are undertaken by Internal Audit.
iv. Credit Risk assessment methodology:
Credit management for Corporate Portfolio:
The Company has an established credit analysis procedure leading to appropriate identification of credit risk. Appropriate
appraisals have been established for various types of project finance loans. The methodology involves critical assessment
of quantitative and qualitative parameters subject to review and approval of Credit Committee.
177 of 187
The Company carries out a detailed analysis of funding requirements, including normal capital expenses, long-term
working capital requirements and temporary imbalances in liquidity. Entire portfolio of loans are secured by a lien over
underlying project of the borrower.
Evaluation of Borrower risk is based on the following assessment:
1) the risks and prospects associated with the industry in which the borrower is operating (industry risk);
2) the financial position of the borrower by analysing the quality of its financial statements, its past financial
performance, its financial flexibility in terms of ability to raise capital and its cash flow adequacy (financial risk).
Project cash flows during the tenure of the loan and tail period are also considered;
3) the borrower’s relative market position and operating efficiency (business risk);
4) the quality of borrower and its group management by analysing their track record, payment record and financial
conservatism (management risk); and
5) the risks with respect to specific projects, both pre-implementation, such as construction risk and funding risk, as
well as post-implementation risks such as industry, business, financial and management risks related to the project.
(project risk).
Risk management and portfolio review:
The Company ensure effective monitoring of credit facilities through a risk-based asset review framework. The credit
monitoring team verifies adherence to the terms of the credit approval prior to the commitment and disbursement of credit
facilities. The credit monitoring team/operations team monitors compliance with the terms and conditions for credit
facilities prior to disbursement. It also reviews the completeness of documentation and creation of security for loans given.
The Managing Credit Committee (MCC), apart from approving proposals, regularly reviews the credit quality of the
portfolio and various sub-portfolios. A summary of the reviews carried out by the MCC is submitted to the Credit
Committee for its information.
178 of 187
B) Market risk;
Risk due to change in market prices – e.g. interest rates, equity prices, foreign exchange rates and credit spreads, but not
relating to changes in the obligor’s/issuer’s credit standing and will affect the Company's income or the value of its
holdings of financial instruments. The objective of the Company's market risk management is to manage and control
market risk exposures within acceptable parameters to ensure the solvency while optimising the return on risk.
The market risk in respect of changes in value in financial assets arising from changes in market credit spreads applied to
loans are monitored by the market risk officer.
ALCO sets up limits for each type of risk in aggregate and various products in the portfolio, with market liquidity being a
primary factor in determining the level of limits. The market risk officer is responsible for the development of detailed
market risk management policies & periodic review along with day to day implementation.
Exposure to Market Risk:
Interest rate risk:
Core business of the Company is borrowing and lending as permitted by the Reserve Bank of India, exposing us to interest
rate risk.
Interest rate risk is measured through earnings at risk from an earning perspective. The Company monitors the change in
economic value of equity arising out of 100 bps change in the interest rate. Further, an interest rate sensitivity gap report is
prepared by classifying all rate sensitive assets and rate sensitive liabilities into various time period categories according to
earliest of contracted/behavioural maturities or anticipated re-pricing date. The difference in the amount of rate sensitive
assets and rate sensitive liabilities maturing or being re-priced in any time period category, gives an indication of the extent
of exposure to the risk of potential changes in the margins on new or re-priced assets and liabilities. The Company monitor
interest rate risk through above measures on a monthly basis. The interest rate risk limits are approved by the ALCO.
179 of 187
C. Liquidity risk;
A risk that the Company will encounter difficulty in meeting its day to day financial obligations.
Management of liquidity risk is done as follows;
i. ALCO sets the strategy for managing liquidity risk commensurate with the business objectives;
ii. ALCO has delegated the responsibility of managing overall liquidity risk and interest rate risk management to
Treasury.
iii. Treasury department manages the liquidity position on a day-to-day basis and reviews daily reports covering the
liquidity position of the Company. Treasury team ensures the regulatory compliance to the liquidity risk related
limits approved in the ALM policy by ALCO.
iv. The Company's approach to managing liquidity is to ensure sufficient liquidity to meet its liabilities when they are
due without incurring unacceptable losses or risking damage to the Company's reputation.
The key elements of the Company's liquidity risk management strategy are as follows:
1) Maintaining a diversified funding through market and bank borrowings resources such as debentures, commercial
papers, subordinated debt, perpetual debt, Intercorporate deposits (ICD’s), overdraft and bank term loans. Unused bank
lines constitute the main liquidity back up to meet the contingency funding plan. Additionally, based on Market scenario,
the company also maintains a portfolio of highly liquid mutual fund units.
2) Under the ALM guidelines, the dynamic liquidity statement and structural liquidity statement are being prepared on
monthly basis to monitor the maturity gaps in the Assets and Liabilities cash flows. We monitor the behavioural
characteristics of the Company's financial assets and financial liabilities while preparing the structural liquidity statement.
3) The company carries out stress testing of cash flows on periodic basis and shares the results with ALCO to gauge the
adequacy of liquidity.
180 of 187
D. Operational Risk;
The risk of direct or indirect loss arising from a wide variety of causes associated with the Company's processes, personnel,
systems, and from external factors other than credit, compliance, reputation, market and liquidity risks.
The Company has a Board approved Operational Risk Management (ORM) framework. Ongoing monitoring of key risk
indicators (“KRI”) is done and corrective actions are implemented on KRI exceptions. ORMC meets periodically to review
the operational risk profile of the organisation.
Risks associated with frauds are mitigated through a Fraud Risk Management (FRM) framework. FRMC reviews matters
relating to fraud risk, including corrective and remedial actions as regards people and processes.
The parent of the Company has adopted “Framework for Improving Critical Infrastructure Cyber Security” published by
the National Institute of Standards & Technology (NIST) and comply with regulatory guidelines. Various measures are
adopted to effectively protect against phishing, social media threats and rogue mobile.
181 of 187
37 Asset Liability Management
Maturity pattern of certain items of Assets and Liabilities (Based on RBI Guidelines)
For the year 2018-19
(Rs. in lakh)
ParticularsBorrowings
from Banks
Market
Borrowings
Foreign
Currency
Borrowings
Advances Investments
Foreign
Currency
Assets
1 day to 30/31 days (One month) 61,326 37,469 - 9,466 - -
Over One month to 2 months 14,400 2,500 - 10,167 - -
Over 2 months upto 3 months 15,458 57,086 - 14,459 - -
Over 3 months to 6 months 10,958 12,772 - 36,100 - -
Over 6 months to 1 year 27,667 23,711 - 90,052 - -
Over 1 year to 3 years 55,459 49,420 - 62,098 60 -
Over 3 years to 5 years 11,666 22,920 - 72,011 - -
Over 5 years - 25,602 - 196,627 - -
Total 196,934 231,480 - 490,980 60 -
For the year 2017-18
(Rs. in lakh)
ParticularsBorrowings
from Banks
Market
Borrowings
Foreign
Currency
Borrowings
Advances Investments
Foreign
Currency
Assets
1 day to 30/31 days (One month) 2,493 7,246 - 6,914 - -
Over One month to 2 months 27,400 27,508 - 6,391 - -
Over 2 months upto 3 months 5,333 - - 8,549 - -
Over 3 months to 6 months 965 7,368 - 23,294 - -
Over 6 months to 1 year 14,401 31,610 - 74,400 - -
Over 1 year to 3 years 26,333 80,776 - 57,138 41 -
Over 3 years to 5 years 3,125 1,500 - 41,191 - -
Over 5 years - 1,000 - 91,021 - -
Total 80,050 157,008 - 308,898 41 -
38 Capital to Risk Asset Ratio (CRAR)
ParticularsAs at March
31, 2019
As at March 31,
2018
As at March
31, 2018
Ind AS Ind AS IGAAP*
CRAR (%) 16.10% 18.28% 19.52%
CRAR - Tier I Capital (%) 15.70% 17.87% 19.15%
CRAR - Tier II Capital (%) 0.40% 0.40% 0.37%
Amount of Subordinated Debt raised as Tier II Capital Nil Nil Nil
Amount raised by issue of Perpetual Debt Instruments Nil Nil Nil
*Capital to Risk asset ratio as at March 31, 2018 has been calculated as per RBI norms basis Financial statements prepared under IGAAP.
Note : During the Financial Year 2017-18, the company has experienced significant prepayments hence ALM statement of March 2018 has been
prepared assuming the prepayment of Rs.77,100 lakhs which is ~25% of the book size of Rs.308,898 lakhs as on the ALM date. Major portion of
assumed prepayments have been considered in next one year.
Liabilities Assets
Note : During the Financial Year 2018-19, the company has experienced significant prepayments hence ALM statement of March 2019 has been
prepared assuming the prepayment of Rs.123,000 lakhs which is ~25% of the book size of Rs.490,980 lakhs as on the ALM date. Major portion of
assumed prepayments have been considered in next one year.
Liabilities Assets
182 of 187
39
Liabilities Side:
(Rs. in lakh)
Particulars
As at March 31,
2019
As at March 31,
2018
As at March
31, 2019
As at March
31, 2018
a) Debentures:
(other than those falling within the meaning of public deposit)
- Secured 82,602 87,344 - -
- Unsecured - - - -
b) Deferred Credits - - - -
c) Term Loans 166,151 85,168 - -
d) Inter-corporate loans and borrowing 39,694 6,375 - -
e) Commercial Paper 48,865 35,518 - -
f) Other loans - - - -
g) Loan from Bank - - - -
- Working Capital Demand Loan 76,909 17,400 - -
- Overdraft 18,433 10,003 - -
Assets side: (Rs. in lakh)
Particulars
2018-19 2017-18
(other than those included in (3) below)
- Secured 490,980 308,898
- Unsecured - -
a) Lease assets including lease rentals under sundry debtors:
- Financial Lease - -
- Operating Lease - -
b) Stock on hire including hire charges under sundry debtors
- Assets on hire - -
- Repossessed assets - -
c) Other loans counting towards Asset Financing Company activities
- Loans where assets have been repossessed - -
- Other loans - -
4) Break up of Investments
Current Investments:
a) Quoted:
- Shares: Equity - -
Preference - -
- Debentures and Bonds - -
- Units of Mutual Funds - -
- Government Securities - -
- Others - -
b) Unquoted:
- Shares: Equity - -
Preference - -
- Debentures and Bonds - -
- Units of Mutual Funds - -
- Government Securities - -
- Others (Pass through certificate) - -
Long-Term Investments: - -
a) Quoted:
- Shares: Equity (Net of provision) - -
Preference - -
- Debentures and Bonds - -
- Units of Mutual Funds - -
- Government Securities - -
- Others - -
b) Unquoted: - -
- Shares: Equity - -
Preference - -
- Debentures and Bonds - -
- Units of Mutual Funds 60 41
- Government Securities - -
- Others - -
Amount Outstanding
Disclosure of details as required by Revised Para 18 of the Non Banking Financial Company - Systemically Important Non-Deposit taking Company and Deposit
taking Company (Reserve Bank) Directions, 2016, earlier Para 13 of Non Banking Financial Companies Prudential Norms (Reserve Bank) Directions, 2007.
Amount Outstanding Amount Overdue
1) Loans and advances availed by NBFC inclusive of interest accrued thereon but not
paid
2) Break up of loans and advances including bills receivables
3) Break up of Leased Assets and stock on hire and other assets counting towards AFC activities
183 of 187
5) Borrower group-wise classification of assets financed as in (2) and (3) above
(Rs. in lakh)
Particulars
2018-19 2017-18 2018-19 2017-18 2018-19 2017-18
- - - - - -
- - - - - -
- - - - - -
490,980 308,898 - - 490,980 308,898
TOTAL 490,980 308,898 - - 490,980 308,898
(Rs. in lakh)
Particulars
2018-19 2017-18 2018-19 2017-18
a) Related parties
i) Subsidiaries - - - -
ii) Companies in the same group - - - -
iii) Other related Parties - - - -
b) Other than related parties 60 41 60 41
TOTAL 60 41 60 41
a) Companies in the same group have been considered to mean companies under the same management as per Section 370(1B) of the Companies Act, 1956.
7) Other Information
(Rs. in lakh)
Particulars 2018-19 2017-18
a) Gross Non-Performing Assets
1) Related parties - -
2) Other than related parties - -
b) Net Non-Performing Assets
1) Related parties - -
2) Other than related parties - -
c) Assets acquired in satisfaction of debt - -
6) Investor group-wise classification of all investments (current and long-term) in shares and securities (both quoted and unquoted)
Market Value/Break up or fair
value or NAV
Book Value
(Net of Provisions)
b) Other than related parties
Total
a) Related parties
(i) Subsidiaries
(ii) Companies in the same group
Amount net of provisions
Secured Unsecured
(iii) Other related parties
184 of 187
40
(i) Registration
Issuing Authority Registration
No., if any
Date of
registration
Valid
upto
Reserve Bank of India N-13.02032 19-Oct-12 -
(ii) Ratings assigned by credit rating agencies and migration of ratings during the year
(i) Rating Assigned to
(ii) Date of Rating
(iii) Rating Valid up to
(v) Rating of products
(a) Commercial Paper
(b ) Debentures
(c) Bank Loan Facility
(iii) Penalties levied by RBI
RBI has not levied any penalties on the Company during the year.
(iv)
As on March 31, 2019 Rs. 43,651 lakh (Previous year : Rs.68,765 lakh)
Less than one year : Rs. 5,654 lakh (Previous year : Rs.5,601 lakh)
More than one year : Rs. 37,997 lakh (Previous year : Rs.63,164 lakh)
(v) Provisions and Contingencies (Rs. in lakh)
2018-19 2017-18
Provisions for depreciation on investment - -
Provision towards NPA - -
Provision towards restructured standard assets - -
Provision made towards Income tax 3,519 3,228
Other provision and contingencies (with details) - -
Provision for standard assets (Stage I & II) 798 520
Total 4,317 3,748
Current year CRISIL AAA/Stable
Previous year CRISIL AA+/Stable
Registered as
NBFC-ND-SI converted to
NBFC- IFC w.e.f 15 Oct
2015
Commercial Papers, Debentures & Bank Loan facility
CRISIL : March 14, 2019 | CARE : August 17, 2018 | ICRA : August 29, 2018
Till the date of reaffirmation
CRISIL Limited (CRISIL), Credit Analysis and Research Limited (CARE),
ICRA Limited (ICRA)
CRISIL A1+, ICRA A1+
As per RBI Notification No. DNBR. 019/CGM (CDS)-2015 dated April 10, 2015, Additional Disclosures are
required in the Annual Financial Statements as follows
(iv) Name of the Rating Agency
Current year CRISIL AAA/Stable, CARE AAA:Stable
Previous year CRISIL AA+/Stable , CARE AA+/Stable
Off Balance Sheet Exposure as on March 31, 2019 is as follows:
a) Undrawn Commitment given to the Borrower
b) Financial and Other Guarantees Rs. 12,994 lakh (Previous year : Rs. 20,972 lakh)
Break up of 'Provisions and Contingencies' shown under the head Expenditure in
Statement of Profit and Loss
185 of 187
(vi) Concentration of Advances & Exposures as per Para 24 of the RBI Norms stood as follows:
Advances# (Rs. In lakh)
2018-19 2017-18
206,075 176,465
42.0% 57.1%
# Includes Loans, Advances & Credit Substitutes
Exposure * (Rs. In lakh)
2018-19 2017-18
229,100 199,243
37.5% 54.3%
* Includes Loans, Advances, Credit Substitutes and loan sanctioned but partly disbursed
(vii)
(viii)
(ix)
(x)
(xi)
(xii)
(xiii)
(xiv)
(xv)
Percentage of advances to twenty largest borrowers to total advances of the NBFC
Particulars
Total advances to twenty largest borrowers
The disclosure of the Concentration of Deposits taken is not applicable since the Company is not in the business of
accepting deposits being a Systemically Important Non Deposit Accepting NBFC.
Particulars
Total advances to twenty largest borrowers
Percentage of exposures to twenty largest borrowers to total exposure of the NBFC
The Company has Rs. Nil exposure to Non Performing Assets (NPAs). Accordingly the disclosure on "Concentration
of NPAs" and "Sector wise NPAs" are not applicable
The Company does not have any Joint Ventures and Subsidiaries abroad. The Company has not sponsored any SPVs.
Accordingly there is no disclosure applicable
The Company had Nil complaints at the beginning of the year. No complaints were received during the year.
The Company has not done any Securitisation during the financial year. ( Previous Year: Nil)
No parent company products are financed during the year ( Previous Year Nil)
The Exposure to a single borrower does not exceed the limit stipulated by the RBI Concentration norms applicable to
NBFCs for the current year.
During the previous financial year, the holding companies of multiple obligors of Tata Cleantech Capital Limited
(hereinafter ‘the Company’) became part of the same group pursuant to consolidation activities in the Industry. The
aggregated exposures of the obligors exceeded the group borrower limits of the Company as at March 31, 2018. The
Company had informed RBI of such excess resulting from the events beyond its control and sought a time limit of 18
months to regularize the same.
The Exposure to unsecured advances is Rs. NIL (Previous Year Rs. Nil) constituting 0% of the Gross Loans and
Advances.
Since the Company does not have significant uncertainties pending resolutions as at March 31, 2019, revenue
recognition has not been postponed.
186 of 187
(xvi)(Rs. In lakh)
2018-19 2017-18
(i) 0% 0%
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
- -
(xvii)
41
42
In terms of our report attached For and on behalf of Board of Directors
For B S R & Co LLP Vittaldas Leeladhar Rajiv Sabharwal
Chartered Accountants (Chairman) (Director)
Firms Registration No- 101248W/W-100022 DIN: 02630276 DIN: 00057333
Manoj Kumar Vijai Pradeep C. Bandivadekar Padmini Khare Kaicker
Partner (Director) (Director)
Membership No : 046882 DIN: 00059330 DIN: 00296388
Manish Chourasia Behzad Bhesania
Place : Mumbai (Managing Director) (Chief Financial Officer)
Date : April 30, 2019 DIN: 03547985
NPA Movement during the year
Particulars
Net NPAs to Net Advances (%)
(ii) Movement of NPAs (Gross)
(a) Opening Balance
(b) Additions during the year
(c) Reductions during the year
(d) Closing balance
(iii) Movement of provisions for NPAs (excluding provisions on standard assets)
(a) Opening Balance
(b) Additions during the year
(c) Write-off / write-back of excess provisions
(d) Closing balance
There were no unhedged foreign currency transactions during current year.
The Company has reported frauds aggregating Rs.Nil (Previous year : Rs. Nil) based on management reporting to risk
committee and to the RBI through prescribed returns.
(iv) Movement of Net NPAs
(a) Opening Balance
(b) Additions during the year
(c) Reductions during the year
(d) Closing balance
No exposure to Capital market during the year. (Previous year Nil)
187 of 187